+ All Categories
Home > Documents > Partner Catalog - Nokia

Partner Catalog - Nokia

Date post: 02-Oct-2021
Category:
Upload: others
View: 3 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
381
Nokia Software IP Optics Fixed Networks Microwave POL Service Desk Clerk Nuage AirScale Wi-Fi Segments Enterprise Private Optical Networks Services Global Partner Program Learning & Certification Catalog Partner Catalog Effective Date = Dec 04, 2018
Transcript
Page 1: Partner Catalog - Nokia

Nokia

Software

IP

Optics

Fixed

Networks

Microwave

POL

Service Desk

Clerk

Nuage

AirScale Wi-Fi

Segments

Enterprise

Private Optical

Networks

Services

Global Partner Program Learning & Certification Catalog

Partner Catalog

Effective Date = Dec 04, 2018

Page 2: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

2

HOME PAGE (CLICK TO GO TO THE PAGE OF YOUR CHOICE)

The Global Partner Learning Program

Accessing the Global Partner Learning Program

Course and exam delivery types (1/2)

Course and exam delivery types (2/2)

Help and Contact

About NokiaEDU

Questions? Call our Global Contact Center

Pricing policy

Cancellation Policy

AirScale Wi-Fi

Sales Associate

Sales Engineer Specialist

Field Technician

Technical Support Level 1

Enterprise Private

Optical Networks

Sales Associate

Sales Engineer Specialist

Integration Engineer

Technical Support Level 1

Fixed Networks

Sales Associate

Sales Engineer Specialist

Sales Engineer Professional

Sales and Sales Engineer Elective

Learning

Field Technician

Network Integration Engineer

Technical Support Level 1

Technical Support Level 2

Technical Elective Learning

IP

Sales Associate

Sales Engineer Specialist

Sales Engineer Professional

Field Technician

Network Integration Engineer

Technical Support Level 1

Technical Support Level 2

Microwave

Sales Associate

Sales Engineer Specialist

Field Technician

Field Technician NAR

Network Integration

Engineer

Technical Support Level 1

Nokia Software

VitalQIP Sales Associate

VitalQIP Sales Engineer

Specialist

VitalQIP Installation

VitalQIP Administration

VitalQIP User

VitalSuite Sales Associate

VitalSuite Sales Engineer

Specialist

VitalSuite Installation

VitalSuite Administration

VitalSuite User

Nuage

Sales Associate

Sales Engineer Specialist

Sales Engineer Professional

Software Installation

Network Integration

Engineer

Technical Support Level 1

Technical Support Level 2

Optics

Sales Associate

Sales Engineer Specialist

Sales Engineer Professional

Field Technician

Network Integration Engineer

Technical Support Level 1

Technical Support Level 2

Passive Optical LAN (POL)

Sales Associate

Sales Engineer Specialist

Sales Engineer Professional

Sales Optional Training

Field Technician

Network Integration Engineer

Technical Support Level 1

Technical Support Level 2

Technical Optional Training

Segments

Sales Associate / Sales

Engineer Specialist

Service Desk Clerk

Customer Service Desk Clerk

Services

Sales Representative

Page 3: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

3

ACCESSING THE GLOBAL PARTNER LEARNING PROGRAM

Nokia’s customers depend on our product portfolio to operate their networks at the highest level of efficiency.

Nokia Partner Program Certifications support an industry expectation that the Partner Company takes their

relationship with Nokia seriously by ensuring individuals representing Nokia are appropriately trained.

To ensure that our partners have the proper knowledge to keep communication networks flowing for their

customers, we test for competence toward certifications. It is not necessary to take NokiaEDU courses before

taking an exam if you have mastered the materials from other knowledge sources and pass our tests.

For individuals requiring Partner certification training, it resides in the NLDH (Nokia Learning and Development

Hub), the Nokia tool to access your classes, track your progress, and download your completed certifications.

How to Access NLDH (Nokia Learning and Development Hub)

Step One: Each Individual Partner Learner must register for access to NLDH (Nokia Learning and Development

Hub).

Step Two: NokiaEDU Partner Training Leads and Partner Sales Managers work with t h e Partner to

identify and assign the learning requirements for each of their individual learners.

Nokia Partner Learning leads:

APAC ­ Moh Jajurie [email protected]

Americas ­ Adrian Marina [email protected]

EMEA ­ Adrian Marina [email protected]

To learn more about NLDH and other tools available to our Nokia Partners, please watch the videos available on

the Partner Learning Store: http://learningstore.nokia.com/partner/#?item=n.1503583562191

Step Three: In the Partner Learning store, use the left side navigation bar to choose the certification you wish to

complete. If you are unsure, there is a description at the top of each certification listing to help you choose the

appropriate one to align with your responsibilities.

Additional training courses, which are not part of the certifications, are also available through the Partner

learning store as “Further Learning.” These classes can be taken individually .

Partner Learning Store: http://learningstore.nokia.com/partner/

How to Access Learning and Associated Exams:

Learners must complete and pass the competence exams assigned to that training before a completion will be

noted.

To qualify for a certification for a job role, the learner must complete all necessary EXAMs for that job role. The

competence exam will test the learner on materials covered in the courses. The learner can receive a

certification by taking and passing all the exams. You can register for the certification by search for Global Partner

Certification 3.0 using the search field in NLDH. Find the specific product job role you wish to certify in and register

for that certification. Use the following job aid for more details.

Page 4: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

4

ACCESSING THE GLOBAL PARTNER LEARNING PROGRAM

How to print your certificate:

No need to wait for your certification of completion to arrive in the mail, follow these easy steps to print your

certificate to show your proficiency and knowledge: http://learningstore.nokia.com/partner/doc/Printing-Nokia-EDU-

Certifications.pdf

Page 5: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

5

COURSE AND EXAM DELIVERY TYPES (1/2)

Course Delivery

Nokia is committed to enabling our partners by preparing them for the competitive marketplace. Towards that

goal, we use multiple delivery methods that balance convenience with the most appropriate methodology to

maximize learning of the concepts. The goal is for the individual learner to be able to prove competence.

WBT – Web-Based Training

As a part of the commitment to provide easy to consume and up to date training modules and information,

Nokia has developed WBTs. These are available through NLDH and can be viewed/taken on demand at the

convenience of the individual learner. ALL WBT modules are free of charge to the Partner for all their employees.

ILT – Instructor-Led Training

Through our vast experience developing and delivering training to our customers and partners, we have learned

that not all training lends itself to a web based delivery. When a learner has completed the prerequisite WBT

training, they will be eligible to take ILT courses with an instructor in a classroom setting. In the NLDH, the learner

will click on “Register” for the associated course and will be directed to contact our Global Contact Center (GCC)

to arrange for the course. These courses will take place in one of our regional training centers as an “open”

course. The learner must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the start date of the class as classes without sufficient

enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first day of class.

vILT – Virtual Instructor-Led Training

This form of delivery utilizes an instructor, but is provided in a virtual web session. In the NLDH the learner will

click on “Register” for the associated course and will be directed to contact our Global Contact Center (GCC) to

arrange for the course. The learner will need a laptop or PC and a reliable internet connection.

Exams

To ensure an individual learner has shown the proper knowledge level, we test for competence. If the learner

feels they have already mastered the materials, it is not necessary to take the corresponding courses. They may

skip directly to the exams: either in the NLDH or through a Third Party Provider Exam Center. A learner will be

given three opportunities to pass the exam before being required to obtain additional knowledge. However, we

strongly recommend that if a candidate fails the exams twice, the candidate should review the available training

course and/or product information before attempting the exam again. The partner pays for each instance of an

exam delivered by Third Party exam providers.

Please contact your Regional Learning Lead or Distributor for pricing.

NLDH

Many exams are available through the NLDH. The learner will access the exam through the curriculums posted in

the Partner Learning Store. Learners must complete and pass the competence exams assigned to that training

before a completion will be noted in their transcript. NLDH exams are Free of Charge.

In class Examination (Nokia Facility or by other arrangement)

The learner will access the exam at the end of the training session. The result of the exam will be based upon a

passing grade (after proving the theoretical knowledge AND the practical skills). The learning path in the NLDH

will be updated to show successfully completed. Please contact your Regional Learning Lead or Distributor for

pricing on Third Partner or In-class exams.

Page 6: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

6

COURSE AND EXAM DELIVERY TYPES (2/2)

Third Party Testing Center

Nokia utilizes the services of the 3000+ world­wide Third Party Testing Centers to administer more advanced

exams. This is to protect the integrity of the certification to the mutual benefit of Nokia, our partners and

our customers. Vouchers are available through our Global Contacts Center ([email protected]) to allow

you to schedule your exam. We strongly recommend if a candidate fails the exams twice, the candidate should

review the available training course and/or product information before attempting the exam again. Contact your

Regional Learning Lead or Distributor for pricing.

How do I register for a Third Party Testing?

1. All GPP candidates should make sure they have obtained a NLDH partner account.

2. Follow the Third Party testing registration instructions located in the NLDH curriculum.

3. Obtain your Third Party Testing GPP Exam Voucher code by contacting Nokia’s Global Contact

Center.

Nokia Global Contact Center (GCC) Email

address – [email protected]

In what language are these exams offered? All Third Party Technical Certification exams are written in

English­only.

How much time do I have to complete the Third Party Certification Exam? Third Party exams range from 1­2

hours depending on the exam.

Can I retake the exam if I failed it? How many times can I take it? A learner will be given 3 opportunities to pass

the exam before being required to obtain additional knowledge. However, we strongly recommend that if a

candidate fails the exams twice, the candidate should review the available training course and/or product

information before attempting the exam again. The partner pays for each instance of an exam.

Page 7: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

7

PRICING POLICY

Pricing

Nokia’s list price for training varies based on type of course and/or length of course taken: Web-Based Training

(WBT), Instructor-Led Training (ILT) or Virtual Instructor-Led Training (vILT).

Partners receive discounts on all training offered. See table below for details.

Delivery Method Partner Type Price

WBT (web­based training) Direct Partners and Indirect VARs Free of Charge

ILT and vILT All Quoted per course*

EXAM: Online NLDH Direct Partners and Indirect VARs Free of Charge

EXAM: Nokia

site/Third Party Provider All Quoted per exam*

*Contact your Regional Learning Lead or Distributor for pricing.

Resell Nokia training to your customers

Nokia encourages our partners to offer training to their customers to ensure successful implementation and

the best experience with our products and solutions. Please contact your Regional Learning Lead or Distributor

for pricing and discounts for reselling training to your customers.

Quoting

All price quotations, including those for exams, are generated in local currency, as mutually agreed to in the

Partner Agreement (PPA).

Page 8: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

8

NokiaEDU CANCELLATION POLICY

Cancellation

Cancellation

timeframes

Implications on cancellation

21 - 28 Calendar

days

If the Client cancels or reschedules the Training 21-28 calendar days prior to

Training start day, 50% of the course fee.

If NokiaEDU cancels a Training during this time, an alternative Training delivery

date will be provided in accordance to a date agreed with the Client.

0 - 20 calendar days If the Client cancels the Training 0 -20 calendar days prior to Training start day,

100% of the course fee.

If NokiaEDU cancels the Training during this time, an alternative Training delivery

date will be provided in accordance to a date agreed with the Client.

5 weeks prior to the

delivery date

For scheduled open enrolment training deliveries, NokiaEDU reserves the right to

cancel without penalty, if the enrolled participant numbers are below the

minimum required for the delivery of that scheduled training course.

• A full fee will be charged regardless of the number of participants who attend. In cases of sickness and

other exigencies, the Client reserves the right to transfer the Training Private Seat to another participant

who is qualified to attend the training.

• Nokia is not liable for any delay or non-performance caused by any event of force majeure.

• Cancellation of self-study bookings (not applicable for e-learning) is not possible unless a reasonable cause

can be provided and an agreement is reached between the learner and NokiaEDU .

• If the offer validity period end date should enter into the cancellation start period, the confirmation and

purchase order should be received by NokiaEDU by the 1st day of the cancellation period at the latest. If

after the1st day of the cancellation period the event is not confirmed with an agreement or purchase

order, the event will be cancelled.

Page 9: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

9

SEGMENTS AND SOLUTIONS

Sales Associate/Sales Engineer Specialist Prerequisite

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXA M

REFERENCE DURA TION DELIVERY OPTICA L MICROW A VE IP

FIXED

NETW ORKS POL

SELLING TO RAILW AYS TBU00116W 1h W E x x x

HOW TO POSITION AND SELL

COMMUNICATIONS TRANSFORMATION TBU31293W 30min W E x x x

HOW TO POSITION AND SELL DISTRIBUTION

AUTOMATION TBU31295W 30min W E x x x x

HOW TO POSITION AND SELL UTILITY

BROADBAND TBU31296W 30min W E x x x

SELLING NOKIA INTO THE DEFENSE MARKET TBU00275W 30min W E x x x x

OIL & GAS PIPELINE SOLUTION TBU00115W 45min W E x x x x

PARTNER LEARNING SERIES – POW ER UTILITIES

101

TBU31178W 1h W E x x x x

CLOUD DATA CENTER INTERCONNECT TBU00113W 45min W E x x

NETW ORK SOLUTION FOR LEGACY SCADA

MIGRATION TO IP/MPLS TBU00168D 30min W E x

SELLING INTO AIRPORTS AND AIR TRAFFIC

CONTROL TBU00160W 30min W E x x x x x

SELLING TO HIGHW AY AGENCIES AND

DEPARTMENTS OF TRANSPORTATION GP00601-W 1h W E x x x x x

OPTICAL TRANSPORT SECURITY: L1 SECURITY

W ITH NOKIA 1830 TBU00114W 30min W E x x x x x

NETW ORK SOLUTION FOR LEGACY SCADA

MIGRATION TO IP/MPLS TBU00168D_V1

30min W E x

Note: In order to obtain Sales and Sales Engineer Specialist certifications, you must successfully complete

one course from the Segments and Solutions curriculum in addition to the Sales and Sales Engineer

Specialist curriculums.

Page 10: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

10

AirScale WI-FI

Sales Associate

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE

SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E

GPP DEAL REGISTRATION TRAINING FOR PARTNERS TBU31159W 30min W E

NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI SALES TRAINING TMO00432W 30min W E

NOKIA AND PARTNERS - OPPORTUNITIES TOGETHER TBU00071W 20min W E

Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must also successfully complete one course from the Segments

curriculum.

Page 11: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

11

AirScale WI-FI

Sales Engineer Specialist

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI SALES TRAINING TMO00432W 30min W E

NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI PRODUCT OVERVIEW TMO00405W 30min W E

NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI FEATURES OVERVIEW TMO00406W 30min W E

NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI CONFIGURATION RN00133-W 30min W E

AIRSCALE WI-FI FOR PARTNERS PRODUCT OVERVIEW WAVESPOT

ADDENDUM* RN00680-M 5min R

Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must also successfully complete one course from the Segments

curriculum.

* Optional

Page 12: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

12

AirScale WI-FI

Field Technician

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION RN00144-W 30min W E

NOKIA HEALTH AND SAFETY EXPECTATIONS RN00145-W 30min W E

Page 13: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

13

AirScale WI-FI

Technical Support Level 1

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

HOW TO OPEN A TICKET AT NOKIA SMAABAG-W-1801 15min W E

NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI PRODUCT OVERVIEW TMO00405W 30min W E

NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI FEATURES OVERVIEW RN00144-W 30min W E

AIRSCALE WI-FI FOR PARTNERS PRODUCT OVERVIEW WAVESPOT

ADDENDUM* RN00680-M 5min R

NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI ACCESS POINT TROUBLESHOOTING RN00160-W 30min W E

NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI ON PREMISE CONTROLLER

TROUBLESHOOTING RN001610-W 1h W E

* Optional

Page 14: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

14

ENTERPRISE PRIVATE OPTICAL NETWORKS

Sales Associate

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

REDEFINE PRIVATE OPTICAL NETWORKS OP00526-W-1709 1h W E

NOKIA AND PARTNERS - OPPORTUNITIES TOGETHER TBU00071W 20min W E

PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE

SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E

GPP DEAL REGISTRATION TRAINING FOR PARTNERS TBU31159W 30min W E

Page 15: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

15

ENTERPRISE PRIVATE OPTICAL NETWORKS

Sales Engineer Specialist

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

REDEFINE PRIVATE OPTICAL NETWORKS OP00526-W-1709 1h W E

WAVELITE PRODUCT OVERVIEW OP00702-W-1710 1h W E

WAVELITE CONFIG TOOL OP00733-M-01 1h R

PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE

SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E

Page 16: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

16

ENTERPRISE PRIVATE OPTICAL NETWORKS

Field Technician

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE AND CALIBERATION

CERTIFICATION (ESD)

LMQ114W

30min W

INSPECT-CLEAN-INSPECT-CONNECT (ICIC) PROCESS (VIDEO)

OAP00050W

10min W

WAVELITE PRODUCT OVERVIEW

OP00702-W-1710

1h W E

WAVELITE METRO 200 R1.x INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

OP00010-V-10

2d V

Page 17: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

17

ENTERPRISE PRIVATE OPTICAL NETWORKS

Integration Engineer

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

WAVELITE PRODUCT OVERVIEW OP00702-W-1710 1h W E

WAVELITE FAMILY R1.0 O&M OP00509 2d V E

NFM -T R.17.9 FOR WAVELITE MANAGEMENT

OP00700

1d V E

Page 18: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

18

ENTERPRISE PRIVATE OPTICAL NETWORKS

Technical Support Level 1

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

WAVELITE FAMILY R1.0 O&M OP00509 2d V E

HOW TO OPEN A TICKET AT NOKIA SMAABAG-W-1801 15min W E

ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE AND CALIBRATION

CERTIFICATION (ESD

LMQ114W 30min W

INSPECT-CLEAN-INSPECT-CONNECT (ICIC) PROCESS (VIDEO)|

OAP00050W 10min W

WDM TECHNOLOGY| TOP18075W

TOP18075W 3h W

WDM TECHNOLOGY SELF-CHECK

TOP18075W_Self-

Check

30min W

GLOBAL PARTNER PROGRAM - HOW TO GET CERTIFIED

GPP90005M

5min R

WAVELITE R1.0.x DELTA TRAINING

OP00549-V-10

3d V

Page 19: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

19

FIXED NETWORKS

Sales Associate

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

NOKIA AND PARTNERS ­ OPPORTUNITIES TOGETHER TBU00071W 20min W E

GPP DEAL REGISTRATION TRAINING FOR PARTNERS TBU31159W 30min W E

PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE

SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E

OVERVIEW OF THE ISAM FAMILY, REMOTES & ONT’S TAC60021W 1h W E

FIXED ULTRA­BROADBAND MARKET AND TECHNOLOGY TRENDS TAC60056W 30min W E

FIXED ULTRA­BROADBAND ACCESS SALES RESOURCES TAC60058W 15min W E

Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must also successfully complete one course from the Segments

curriculum.

Page 20: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

20

FIXED NETWORKS

Sales Engineer Specialist

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE

SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E

ISAM IN NETWORKING AND THE EVOLUTION OF

ACCESS INFRASTRUCTURE TAC60003W 45min W E

5520 AMS DESCRIPTION TAC60009W 45min W E

DSL FEATURES AND CONCEPTS TAC60014W 45min W E

FIBRE ACCESS FEATURE AND CONCEPTS TAC60018W 30min W E

HOME DEVICES OVERVIEW TAC60019W 30min W E

ISAM MICRO­NODES EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW TAC60020W 45min W E

OVERVIEW OF THE ISAM FAMILY, REMOTES & ONT’S TAC60021W 1h W E

ISAM GENERIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION TAC60043W 45min W E

FIXED ULTRA­BROADBAND ACCESS SALES RESOURCES TAC60058W 15min W E

Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must also successfully complete one course from the Segments

curriculum.

Page 21: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

21

FIXED NETWORKS

Sales Engineer Professional

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

ISAM VOICE PRODUCT OVERVIEW TAC05021K 3h W E

VOIP & PROTOCOLS OVERVIEW TAC60004W 1h W E

MULTICAST AND IGMP BASICS TAC60006W 30min W E

QOS BASICS TAC60007W 30min W E

STP RSTP MSTP PROTOCOL INTRODUCTION TAC60012W 30min W E

LACP & LAG EXPLAINED TAC60017W 15min W E

7302­7330 AND 7360 ISAM CAPABILITIES** TAC60031 5d C E

**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact our

Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the start date

of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first day of class.

Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must first successfully complete the Sales Engineer Specialist

curriculum.

Page 22: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

22

FIXED NETWORKS

Sales and Sales Engineer Elective Learning * Optional

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

5529 IDM PRODUCT OVERVIEW* TAC03059W 45min W E

5529 OAD PRODUCT OVERVIEW* TAC03060W 30min W E

7330 ANSI XD HARDWARE OVERVIEW* TAC42083W 45min W E

INTRODUCTION TO EPON AND DPOE* TAC42084W 15min W E

INTRODUCTION TO IPV6 IN FIXED ULTRA-BROADBAND

ACCESS* TAC42098W 45min W E

INTRODUCTION TO FAST* TAC42099W 45min W E

NG-PON2 AN INTRODUCTION* TAC42102W 45min W E

5529 SDC OVERVIEW* TAC42103W 30min W E

GPON EVOLUTION IN ACCESS TECHNOLOGY INTRODUCTION* TAC60001W 45min W E

DSL IN ACCESS NETWORKS TECHNOLOGY INTRODUCTION* TAC60002W 30min W E

ISAM IN NETWORKING AND THE EVOLUTION OF

ACCESS INFRASTRUCTURE* TAC60003W 45min W E

VOIP & PROTOCOLS OVERVIEW* TAC60004W 1h W E

ISAM FX EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW* TAC60016W 30min W E

ISAM MICRO­NODES EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW* TAC60020W 45min W E

OVERVIEW OF THE ISAM FAMILY, REMOTES & ONT’S* TAC60021W 1h W E

FBA ELEMENT MANAGEMENT INTRODUCTION* TAC60022W 45min W E

7360 PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN SOLUTION INTRODUCTION* TAC60042W 30min W E

FIXED ULTRA­BROADBAND MARKET AND TECHNOLOGY

TRENDS* TAC60056W 30min W E

MARKET OVERVIEW: PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN FOR

ENTERPRISE, INDUSTRY AND PUBLIC SECTOR* TAC60057W 30min W E

FIXED ULTRA­BROADBAND ACCESS SALES RESOURCES* TAC60058W 15min W E

Page 23: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

23

FIXED NETWORKS

Field Technician

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

ESD AND CALIBRATION LMQ114W 30min W E

ISAM HW INSTALLATION (AGGREGATE OF 9 MODULES) TAC03065K 45min W E

ISAM VOICE PRODUCT OVERVIEW TAC05021K 3h W E

GPON EVOLUTION IN ACCESS TECHNOLOGY INTRODUCTION TAC60001W 45min W E

ISAM IN NETWORKING AND THE EVOLUTION OF

ACCESS INFRASTRUCTURE TAC60003W 45min W E

GPON FIBER PRINCIPLES TAC60008W 45min W E

5520 AMS DESCRIPTION TAC60009W 45min W E

GETTING STARTED WITH 5520 AMS TAC60010W 30min W E

HOME DEVICES OVERVIEW TAC60019W 30min W E

ISAM MICRO­NODES EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW TAC60020W 45min W E

OVERVIEW OF THE ISAM FAMILY, REMOTES & ONT’S TAC60021W 1h W E

FBA ELEMENT MANAGEMENT INTRODUCTION TAC60022W 45min W E

ISAM GENERIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION TAC60043W 45min W E

7302-7330 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT / 5520 AMS BASIC

COMMISSIONING TAC05002K 1h55 W E

7302-7360 ISAM GPON BASIC CONFIGURATION TAC05006K 5h W E

736X MICRO-NODES/5520 AMS BASIC COMMISSIONING TAC05003K 1h45 W E

ALCNA FBA TECHNOLOGIES & PRODUCTS TAC42089E 1h E

Page 24: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

24

FIXED NETWORKS

Network Integration Engineer

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

ESD AND CALIBRATION LMQ114W 30min W E

GPON EVOLUTION IN ACCESS TECHNOLOGY INTRODUCTION TAC60001W 45min W E

GPON FIBER PRINCIPLES TAC60008W 45min W E

5520 AMS DESCRIPTION TAC60009W 45min W E

GETTING STARTED WITH 5520 AMS TAC60010W 30min W E

ISAM FD EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW TAC60013W 30min W E

HOME DEVICES OVERVIEW TAC60019W 30min W E

ISAM MICRO­NODES EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW TAC60020W 45min W E

OVERVIEW OF THE ISAM FAMILY, REMOTES & ONT’S TAC60021W 1h W E

7302-7330 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT / 5520 AMS BASIC

COMMISSIONING TAC05002K 1h55 W E

7302-7360 ISAM GPON BASIC CONFIGURATION TAC05006K 5h W E

7302-7360 ISAM NELT P2P ETH. QOS TAC05013K 7h15 W E

736X MICRO-NODES/5520 AMS BASIC COMMISSIONING TAC05003K 1h45 W E

CNP FBA FTTX High Cap NT INTEGRATION, OPERATIONS &

MAINTENANCE

TAC03504E 2h E

Page 25: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

25

FIXED NETWORKS

Technical Support Level 1

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

HOW TO OPEN A TICKET AT NOKIA SMAABAG-W-1801 15min W E

ISAM HW INSTALLATION (AGGREGATE OF 9 MODULES) TAC03065K 45min W E

GPON EVOLUTION IN ACCESS TECHNOLOGY INTRODUCTION TAC60001W 45min W E

5520 AMS DESCRIPTION TAC60009W 45min W E

GETTING STARTED WITH 5520 AMS TAC60010W 30min W E

ISAM FD EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW TAC60013W 30min W E

FIBRE ACCESS FEATURE AND CONCEPTS TAC60018W 30min W E

HOME DEVICES OVERVIEW TAC60019W 30min W E

ISAM MICRO­NODES EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW TAC60020W 45min W E

OVERVIEW OF THE ISAM FAMILY, REMOTES & ONT’S TAC60021W 1h W E

FBA ELEMENT MANAGEMENT INTRODUCTION TAC60022W 45min W E

7302-7360 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT / 5520 AMS BASIC

COMMISSIONING TAC05002K 1h55 W E

7302-7360 ISAM GPON BASIC CONFIGURATION TAC05006K 5h W E

7302-7360 ISAM NELT P2P ETH. QOS TAC05013K 7h15 W E

736X MICRO-NODES/5520 AMS BASIC COMMISSIONING TAC05003K 1h45 W E

ALCNA FBA TECHNOLOGIES & PRODUCTS TAC42089E 1h E

Page 26: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

26

FIXED NETWORKS

Technical Support Level 2

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

ISAM VOICE PRODUCT OVERVIEW TAC05021K 3h W E

INTRODUCTION TO VDSL2 VECTORING TAC42087W 1h W E

MULTICAST AND IGMP BASICS TAC60006W 30min W E

QOS BASICS TAC60007W 30min W E

STP RSTP MSTP PROTOCOL INTRODUCTION TAC60012W 30min W E

LACP & LAG EXPLAINED TAC60017W 15min W E

7302-7360 ISAM HIGH. CAP. NT: CONFIGURATION OF QOS,

VIDEO (MC) AND VOIP FOR PON DEPLOYMENTS TAC05012K 9h30 W E

7302-7360 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT/5520 AMS L2 & PPPOX

FORWARDING TAC05009K 6h15 W E

7302-7330-7360 ISAM SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT_BKP-

RST_PM & SYSLOG TAC05014K 8h15 W E

7302-7360 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT/5520 AMS - L2+ & L3

CONFIGURATIONS TAC05016K 5h W E

7302-7360 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT/5520 AMS - REDUNDANCY

CONFIGURATIONS TAC05018K 1h45 W E

CNP FBA FTTX High Cap NT INTEGRATION, OPERATIONS &

MAINTENANCE TAC03504E 2h E

Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must first successfully complete the Technical Support Level 1

curriculum.

Page 27: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

27

FIXED NETWORKS

Technical Elective Learning (1/2) * Optional

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

VDSL2 EXPERT WORKSHOP** 3FL00452AAAA

ZZZZA 2.5d C E

5520 AMS INSTALLATION AND ADMINISTRATION** TAC03017 2d C E

VDSL2 ARQ & VECTORING EXPERT WORKSHOP** TAC03056 2.5d C

7302­7330-7360 ISAM PON ADVANCED FEATURES** TAC42061 2d C E

7360 ISAM EPON DPOE BASIC CONFIGURATION** TAC42068 2d C E

7302-7360 ISAM NELT P2P ETH. QOS* TAC05013K 7h15 W E

736X MICRO-NODES/5520 AMS BASIC COMMISSIONING* TAC05003K 1h45 W E

ISAM DELTA HIGH CAP. NT TO STD. NT BASIC COMMISSIONING** TAC42070 1/2d C E

7302 – 7330 ISAM DSL BASIC CONFIGURATION* TAC05005K 2h45 W E

7330 ANSI XD HARDWARE OVERVIEW* TAC42083W 45min W E

INTRODUCTION TO EPON AND DPOE* TAC42084W 15min W E

EPON TECHNOLOGY OVERVIEW* TAC42085W 45min W E

DPOE TECHNOLOGY OVERVIEW* TAC42086W 15min W E

INTRODUCTION TO VDSL2 VECTORING* TAC42087W 1h W E

INTRODUCTION TO IPV6 IN FIXED ULTRA-BROADBAND ACCESS* TAC42098W 45min W E

INTRODUCTION TO FAST* TAC42099W 45min W E

NG-PON2 AN INTRODUCTION* TAC42102W 45min W E

FAST EXPERT WORKSHOP** TAC42120 2d C E

DSL IN ACCESS NETWORKS TECHNOLOGY INTRODUCTION* TAC60002W 30min W E

ISAM IN NETWORKING AND THE EVOLUTION OF

ACCESS INFRASTRUCTURE* TAC60003W 45min W E

VOIP & PROTOCOLS OVERVIEW* TAC60004W 1h W E

GPON FIBER PRINCIPLES* TAC60008W 45min W E

GETTING STARTED WITH 5520 AMS* TAC60010W 30min W E

DSL FEATURES AND CONCEPTS* TAC60014W 45min W E

DSL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY* TAC60015W 30min W E

Page 28: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

28

ISAM FX EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW* TAC60016W 30min W E

Page 29: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

29

FIXED NETWORKS

Technical Elective Learning (2/2) * Optional

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

FIBRE ACCESS FEATURE AND CONCEPTS* TAC60018W 30min W E

HOME DEVICES OVERVIEW* TAC60019W 30min W E

ISAM MICRO­NODES EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW* TAC60020W 45min W E

OVERVIEW OF THE ISAM FAMILY, REMOTES & ONT’S* TAC60021W 1h W E

FBA ELEMENT MANAGEMENT INTRODUCTION* TAC60022W 45min W E

PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN SOLUTION INTRODUCTION* TAC60042W 30min W E

INTRODUCTION TO PRECISION TIME PROTOCOL WITH TOD* TAC60045W 30min W E

5571 POL COMMAND CENTER INTRODUCTION* TAC60047W 30min W E

5529 INVENTORY DATA MANAGER (IDM) ADMINISTRATION* TAC60052W 30min W E

5529 SDC ADMINISTRATION* TAC60054W 30min W E

5529 ACCESS PROVISIONING CENTER (APC) ADMINISTRATION* TAC60055W 45min W E

*For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact our

Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the start date

of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first day of class

Page 30: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

30

IP

Sales Associate

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

NOKIA AND PARTNERS ­ OPPORTUNITIES TOGETHER TBU00071W 20min W E

KEYS FOR SELLING TBU00047W 1h W E

PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE

SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E

GPP DEAL REGISTRATION TRAINING FOR PARTNERS TBU31159W 30min W E

NOKIA IP ROUTING PRODUCT OVERVIEW ER01240-W-

1806 30min W E

Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must also successfully complete one course from the Segments

curriculum.

Page 31: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

31

IP

Sales Engineer Specialist (W/Wo NSP)

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

Pick any one of the following courses.

7210 SAS PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36058W 5h W E

7705 SAR PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36084WK 5h 30min W E

7750 SR/7450 ESS PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36095W 4h3 W E

7950 XRS PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36082W 1h W E

7250 IXR PRODUCT OVERVIEW

ER00327W-1700

30min W

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE

SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E

NOKIA SCALABLE IP NETWORKS** 3FL30632AAAAZZ

ZZA 4d C E

NOKIA SCALABLE IP NETWORKS SELF­STUDY GUIDE ­

PREPARING FOR THE NETWORK ROUTING SPECIALIST I (NRS 1)

CERTIFICATION EXAM

TER00034M 16h R

NOKIA IP ROUTING PRODUCT OVERVIEW ER01240-W-1806 30min W

NOKIA NETWORK ROUTING SPECIALIST I WRITTEN EXAM

[4A0­100] TER00035M 1h15 E

NSP (NETWORK SERVICES PLATFORM) RELEASE 17.3 OVERVIEW TOS00059W 1h W E

NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER - PACKET) REL 17

FUNDAMENTALS TOS00060W 6h W

Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must also successfully complete one course from the

Segments curriculum.

**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact

our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the

Page 32: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

32

start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first

day of class.

IP

Sales Engineer Professional (W/Wo NSP) (1/2)

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

NOKIA INTERIOR ROUTING PROTOCOLS** 3FL30633AAAAZ

ZZZA 5d C E

NOKIA MULTIPROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING** 3FL30635AAAAZ

ZZZA 5d C E

NOKIA SERVICES ARCHITECTURE** 3FL30636AAAAZ

ZZZA 4d C E

NOKIA ROUTING PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER00012W 45min W E

NOKIA NETWORK ROUTING SPECIALIST II (NRS II)

SELF­STUDY GUIDE: PREPARING FOR THE NRS II

CERTIFICATION EXAMS SELF STUDY LAB EXERCISES PLUS

NOKIA NRS II LAB EXAM

TER00036M 40h R

NOKIA NRS II LAB WORKSHOP VERSION A* TER36090 1d C E

NRS II LAB EXAM WORKSHOP VERSION B* TER36091 1d C E

NOKIA NRS II LAB EXAM [NRSII4A0] TER00037M 3h30 E

NOKIA INTERIOR ROUTING PROTOCOLS EXAM [4A0­ 101] TER00038M 1h30 R

NOKIA MULTIPROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING EXAM [4A0­ 103] TER00039M 1h30 R

NOKIA SERVICES ARCHITECTURE EXAM [4A0­104] TER00040M 1h30 R

NSP (NETWORK SERVICES PLATFORM) RELEASE 17.3 OVERVIEW TOS00059W 1h W E

NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER - PACKET) REL 17

FUNDAMENTALS TOS00060W 6h

W

7250 IXR PRODUCT OVERVIEW

ER00327W-1700

30 min

W

Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must first successfully complete the Sales Engineer Specialist

curriculum.

Page 33: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

33

IP

Field Technician (W/Wo NSP)

Pick the courses associated to the product below. Only one product is required.

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

7250 IXR PRODUCT OVERVIEW ER00327W-1700 30min W

7210 SAS

7210 SAS PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36058W 5h W E

7210 SAS INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING ­ SITE

PREPARATION PLE07188M 30min R

7210 SAS INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING** TER18011 1.5d C E

7705 SAR

7705 SAR PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36084WK 5h 30min W E

7705 SAR INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING ­ SITE

PREPARATION PLE07187M 30min R

7705 SAR INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING** TER18010 1.5d C E

7750 SR/7450 ESS

7750 SR/7450 ESS PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36095W 4h30 W E

7750 SR/7450 ESS INSTALLATION &

COMMISSIONING SITE PREPARATION PLE07169M 30min R

7750 SR / 7450 ESS INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING** TER18009 1.5d C E

7950 XRS

7950 XRS PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36082W 1h W E

7950 XRS INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING ­ SITE

PREPARATION PLE07168M 30min R

7950 XRS / 7750 SR­12E INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING** TER18008 1.5d C E

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

ESD AND CALIBRATION LMQ114W 30min W E

INSPECT­CLEAN­INSPECT­CONNECT (ICIC) PROCESS (VIDEO) OAP00050W 30min W E

Page 34: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

34

IP

Network Integration Engineer (W/Wo NSP) (1/2)

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

Pick any one of the following courses.

7210 SAS PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36058W 5h W E

7705 SAR PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36084WK 5h 30min W E

7750 SR/7450 ESS PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36095W 4h30 W E

7950 XRS PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36082W 1h W E

7250 IXR PRODUCT OVERVIEW

ER00327W-1700

30min W

* Optional

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

NOKIA SCALABLE IP NETWORKS** 3FL30632AAAAZZZZ A 4d C E

NOKIA INTERIOR ROUTING PROTOCOLS** 3FL30633AAAAZZZZ A 5d C E

NOKIA MULTIPROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING** 3FL30635AAAAZZZZ A 5d C E

NOKIA SERVICES ARCHITECTURE** 3FL30636AAAAZZZZ A 4d C E

NOKIA SCALABLE IP NETWORKS SELF­STUDY GUIDE ­

PREPARING FOR THE NETWORK ROUTING SPECIALIST I

(NRS 1) CERTIFICATION EXAM *

TER00034M 16h R

NOKIA NETWORK ROUTING SPECIALIST I WRITTEN

EXAM [4A0­100] TER00035M 1h15

E

NOKIA NETWORK ROUTING SPECIALIST II (NRS II)

SELF­STUDY GUIDE: PREPARING FOR THE NRS II

CERTIFICATION EXAMS SELF STUDY LAB EXERCISES

PLUS NOKIA NRS II LAB EXAM *

TER00036M 40h R

NOKIA NRS II LAB EXAM [NRSII4A0] TER00037M 3h30 E

NOKIA INTERIOR ROUTING PROTOCOLS EXAM [4A0­

101] TER00038M 1h30 R

NOKIA MULTIPROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING EXAM [4A0­

103] TER00039M 1h30 R

NOKIA SERVICES ARCHITECTURE EXAM [4A0­104] TER00040M 1h30 R

Page 35: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

35

NOKIA NRS II LAB WORKSHOP VERSION A** TER36090 1d C E

NRS II LAB EXAM WORKSHOP VERSION B** TER36091 1d C E

Page 36: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

36

IP

Network Integration Engineer (W/Wo NSP) (2/2)

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

NSP (NETWORK SERVICES PLATFORM) RELEASE 17.3

OVERVIEW TOS00059W 1h W E

NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER - PACKET) REL 17

FUNDAMENTALS TOS00060W 6h W

NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER - PACKET) REL 17

SERVICE OPERATIONS AND PROVISIONING -

FUNDAMENTALS**

TOS42101 2d C

NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER - PACKET) REL 17

SERVICE OPERATIONS AND PROVISIONING - ENHANCED

OAM**

TOS42102 3d C

NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER - PACKET) REL 17

SERVICES OPERATION AND PROVISIONING - SERVICE

INTERCONNECTION**

TOS42103 2d C

**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact

our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the

start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first

day of class.

Page 37: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

37

IP

Technical Support Level 1 (W/Wo NSP)

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

Pick any one of the following courses.

7210 SAS PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36058W 5h W E

7705 SAR PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36084WK 5h 30min W E

7750 SR/7450 ESS PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36095W 4h30 W E

7950 XRS PRODUCT OVERVIEW TER36082W 1h W E

7250 IXR PRODUCT OVERVIEW

ER00327W-1700

30min W

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

HOW TO OPEN A TICKET AT NOKIA SMAABAG-W-1801 15min W E

ESD AND CALIBRATION LMQ114W 30min W E

INSPECT­CLEAN­INSPECT­CONNECT (ICIC) PROCESS (VIDEO) OAP00050W 30min W E

SR­OS FUNDAMENTALS TER36066W 12h W E

BASIC SERVCE ROUTER TROUBLESHOOTING TER36065 3d C E

NSP (NETWORK SERVICES PLATFORM) RELEASE 17.3 OVERVIEW TOS00059W 1h W E

NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER - PACKET) REL 17

SERVICE OPERATIONS AND PROVISIONING - FUNDAMENTALS** TOS42101 2d C

**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact our

Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the start date

of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first day of class .

Page 38: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

38

IP

Technical Support Level 2 (W/Wo NSP) * Technical Support Level 1 is a Pre-Requisite to Technical Support Level 2

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

NOKIA SCALABLE IP NETWORKS** 3FL30632AAAAZZZZ A 4d C E

NOKIA INTERIOR ROUTING PROTOCOLS** 3FL30633AAAAZZZZ A 5d C E

NOKIA MULTIPROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING** 3FL30635AAAAZZZZ A 5d C E

NOKIA SERVICES ARCHITECTURE** 3FL30636AAAAZZZZ A 4d C E

NOKIA SCALABLE IP NETWORKS SELF­STUDY GUIDE ­

PREPARING FOR THE NETWORK ROUTING SPECIALIST I

(NRS 1) CERTIFICATION EXAM

TER00034M 26h R

NOKIA NETWORK ROUTING SPECIALIST I WRITTEN EXAM

[4A0­100] TER00035M 1h15 E

NOKIA NETWORK ROUTING SPECIALIST II (NRS II)

SELF­STUDY GUIDE: PREPARING FOR THE NRS II

CERTIFICATION EXAMS SELF STUDY LAB EXERCISES PLUS

NOKIA NRS II LAB EXAM

TER00036M 40h R

NOKIA NRS II LAB EXAM [NRSII4A0] TER00037M 3h30 E

NOKIA INTERIOR ROUTING PROTOCOLS EXAM [4A0­

101] TER00038M 1h30 R

NOKIA MULTIPROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING EXAM [4A0­

103] TER00039M 1h30 R

NOKIA SERVICES ARCHITECTURE EXAM [4A0­104] TER00040M 1h30 R

NOKIA NRS II LAB WORKSHOP VERSION A** TER36090 1d C E

NRS II LAB EXAM WORKSHOP VERSION B** TER36091 1d C E

NFM-P NETWORK AND SERVICE TROUBLESHOOTING** TOS36025 4d C E

Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must first successfully complete the Technical Support Level 1

curriculum.

* Optional

Page 39: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

39

MICROWAVE

Sales Associate

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

NOKIA AND PARTNERS ­ OPPORTUNITIES TOGETHER TBU00071W 20min W E

KEYS FOR SELLING TBU00047W 1h W E

PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE

SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E

GPP DEAL REGISTRATION TRAINING FOR PARTNERS TBU31159W 30min W E

MICROWAVE BASICS TOP00009W 1h45min W E

MICROWAVE PORTFOLIO OVREWIEW - GPP

TOP00010W 1h W E

WHEN/WHY NETWORK MANAGEMENT FOR MICROWAVE TOS00023W 30min W E

Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must also successfully complete one course from the

Segments curriculum.

Page 40: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

40

MICROWAVE

Sales Engineer Specialist * Optional

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE

SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E

MICROWAVE BASICS TOP00009W 1h45min W E

MICROWAVE PORTFOLIO OVERVIEW - GPP

TOP00010W 1h W E

TSM 8000 FUNDAMENTALS TOS00022W 3h W E

WHEN/WHY NETWORK MANAGEMENT FOR MICROWAVE TOS00023W 30min W E

NSP NFM-P (Network Functions Manager- Packet) Rel 17

Fundamentals

TOS00060WK

5h 49 min W

9500 MPR GLOBAL MARKET NODE

(MSS­1/MSS­4/MSS­8) R6.0 FUNCTIONAL AND

HARDWARE DESCRIPTION ­ GPP

TWT42035W 2h15 W E

9500 MPR GLOBAL MARKET TERMINAL (MPR­E/MSS1C)

R6.0 FUNCTIONAL AND HW DESCRIPTION ­ GPP TWT42038W 1h15 W E

9500 MPR - DELTA FEATURES R6.1 TO R7.0 ETSI FULL

INDOOR NODE (MSS-1/MSS-4/MSS-8)* TWT00004W 1h W E

WAVENCE 18A FUNCTIONAL AND HW DESCRIPTION RN00571-K-18A

2h W E

Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must also successfully complete one course from the

Segments curriculum.

Page 41: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

41

MICROWAVE

Field Technician

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

9500 MPR INSTALLATION, TEST & TURN UP (NON NAR)** TWT18005 3d C E

9500 MPR HARDWARE INSTALLATION ­ GPP TWT18014W 1h W E

WAVENCE 18A FUNCTIONAL AND HW DESCRIPTION RN00571-K-18A

2h W E

**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact

our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the

start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first

day of class.

Page 42: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

42

MICROWAVE

Field Technician NAR * Optional

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

WT PRODUCT DEPLOYMENT FOR PARTNERS IN NAR

(VENDOR MANAGED DELIVERY) RADIO** NAR RADIO 4d +1d exam C E

WT PRODUCT DEPLOYMENT FOR PARTNERS IN NAR

(VENDOR MANAGED DELIVERY) ANTENNA** NAR ANTENNA 4d +1d exam C E

WT PRODUCT DEPLOYMENT FOR PARTNERS IN NAR

(VENDOR MANAGED DELIVERY) MPR­E** NAR MPR­e 3d +1d exam C E

9500 MPR HARDWARE INSTALLATION ­ GPP TWT18014W 1h W E

**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact

our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the

start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first

day of class.

Page 43: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

43

MICROWAVE

Network Integration Engineer * Optional

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

TSM 8000 FUNDAMENTALS TOS00022W 3h W E

NSP NFM-P (Network Functions Manager- Packet) Rel 17

Fundamentals

TOS00060WK

5h 49min W

9500 MPR GLOBAL MARKET NODE (MSS­1/MSS­4/MSS­8)

R6.0 FUNCTIONAL AND HARDWARE DESCRIPTION ­ GPP TWT42035W 2h15 W E

Wavence 18A Functional and HW description

RN00571

7h V E

9500 MPR R.8.0 Global Market Ethernet traffic

TWT42037

2d V E

9500 MPR GLOBAL MARKET TERMINAL (MPR­E/MSS1C)

R6.0 FUNCTIONAL AND HW DESCRIPTION ­ GPP TWT42038W 1h15 W E

9500 MPR (MICROWAVE PACKET RADIO) R6.1 GLOBAL MARKET

TERMINAL (MPR­E/MSS­1C) OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE ­

GPP**

TWT42039 1d C E

WAVENCE 18A COMMON FUNCTIONALITIES O&M

RN00572

7h V E

WAVENCE 18A ETHERNET TRAFFIC O&M

RN00014

14h V E

WAVENCE18A ETHERNET RING PROTECTION O&M

RN00015

7h V E

WAVENCE 18A PDH-SDH-SONET TRAFFIC O&M

RN00016

7h V E

9500 MPR - DELTA FEATURES R6.1 TO R7.0 ETSI FULL

INDOOR NODE (MSS-1/MSS-4/MSS-8)* TWT00004W 1h W E

WAVENCE RN00571K18A FUNCTIONAL AND HW

DESCRIPTION

RN00571-K-18A

2h W E

**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact

our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the

start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first

day of class.

Page 44: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

44

MICROWAVE

Technical Support Level 1 * Optional

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

HOW TO OPEN A TICKET AT NOKIA SMAABAG-W-

1801 15min W E

MICROWAVE BACISCS

TOP00009W

1h 45min W E

9500 MPR GLOBAL MARKET NODE

(MSS­1/MSS­4/MSS­8) R6.0 FUNCTIONAL AND

HARDWARE DESCRIPTION ­ GPP

TWT42035W 2h15 W E

9500 MPR GLOBAL MARKET TERMINAL (MPR­E/MSS1C)

R6.0 FUNCTIONAL AND HW DESCRIPTION ­ GPP TWT42038W 1h15 W E

9500 MPR NODE REL. 6.1 L1 MAINTENANCE ­ GPP TWT63045W 6h W E

9500 MPR TERMINAL REL. 6.1 L1 MAINTENANCE ­ GPP TWT63046W 3h W E

9500 MPR - DELTA FEATURES R6.1 TO R7.0 ETSI FULL

INDOOR NODE (MSS-1/MSS-4/MSS-8)* TWT00004W 1h W E

WAVENCE 18A FUNCTIONAL AND HW DESCRIPTION

RN00571-K-18A

2h W E

Page 45: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

45

NOKIA SOFTWARE

VitalSuite Sales Associate

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

NOKIA AND PARTNERS ­ OPPORTUNITIES TOGETHER TBU00071W 20min W E

KEYS FOR SELLING TBU0047W 1h W E

GPP DEAL REGISTRATION TRAINING FOR PARTNERS TBU31159W 30min W E

VITALSUITE SALES ­ PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT AND

THE MARKET TAP00004W 50min W E

VITALSUITE SALES ­ UNDERSTANDING THE MARKET TAP00005W 52min W E

VITALSUITE SALES – SELLING THE VITALSUITE SOLUTION TAP00006W 44min W E

NPM VITALSUITE - VITALNET OPERATION OS88281-W-1710 2h W E

NPM VITALSUITE - VITAL REALTIME OPERATIONS OS88282-W-1710 1h W E

NPM VITALSUITE - ADVANCED REPORTING TOOLKIT (ART)

OPERATIONS OS88283-W-1710 1h W E

VITALAPPS 14 OVERVIEW TAP00010W 26min W E

VITALART 14 OVERVIEW TAP00011W 23min W E

Page 46: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

46

NOKIA SOFTWARE

VitalSuite Sales Engineer Specialist

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

NPM VITALSUITE - VITALNET OPERATION OS88281-W-1710 2h W E

NPM VITALSUITE - VITAL REALTIME OPERATIONS OS88282-W-1710 1h W E

NPM VITALSUITE - ADVANCED REPORTING TOOLKIT (ART)

OPERATIONS OS88283-W-1710 1h W E

VITALNET 14 OVERVIEW TAP00007W 28min W E

VITALNET REAL TIME 14 OVERVIEW TAP00008W 20min W E

VITALFLOW 14 OVERVIEW TAP00009W 17min W E

VITALAPPS 14 OVERVIEW TAP00010W 26min W E

VITALART 14 OVERVIEW TAP00011W 23min W E

VITALSUITE PRE­SALES TECHNICAL OVERVIEW TAP00012W 40min W E

DIFFICULTY IN IDENTIFYING NETWORK ISSUES TAP00013W 17min W E

VOIP QUALITY ISSUES TAP00014W 20min W E

MONITORING IPV6 DEVICES TAP00015W 9min W E

APPLICATION MAPPING TAP00016W 16min W E

TRAPS TAP00017W 10min W E

VM ENVIRONMENT TAP00018W 9min W E

REAL­TIME APPLICATION PERFORMANCE TAP00019W 11min W E

VITALSUITE PRICING AND SIZING** TOS00001V 2h V E

**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact

our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the

start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first

day of class.

Page 47: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

47

NOKIA SOFTWARE

VitalSuite User

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

NPM VITALSUITE - VITALNET OPERATION OS88281-W-1710 2h W E

NPM VITALSUITE - VITAL REALTIME OPERATIONS OS88282-W-1710 1h W E

NPM VITALSUITE - ADVANCED REPORTING TOOLKIT (ART)

OPERATIONS OS88283-W-1710 1h W E

VitalSuite – VitalAPPS Operation (18.7) OS88284-W-1807 1h W E

**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact

our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the

start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first

day of class.

Page 48: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

48

NOKIA SOFTWARE

VitalSuite Administration

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

VitalSuite – Operations, Administration and Mainteneance

(18.7) OS88285-W-1807 1h 15min W E

**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact

our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the

start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first

day of class.

Page 49: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

49

NOKIA SOFTWARE

VitalQIP Sales Associate

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

KEYS FOR SELLING TBU0047W 1h W E

NOKIA AND PARTNERS ­ OPPORTUNITIES TOGETHER TBU00071W 20min W E

GPP DEAL REGISTRATION TRAINING FOR PARTNERS TBU31159W 30min W E

VITALQIP SALES TAP00020W 34min W E

Page 50: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

50

NOKIA SOFTWARE

VitalQIP Sales Engineer Specialist

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

VITALQIP SALES TAP00020W 34min W E

VITALQIP PRESALES TAP00021W 45min W E

VITALQIP APPLIANCE OVERVIEW TAP00022W 25min W E

VITALQIP 8.1 RELEASE UPDATE TAP00023W 5min W E

Page 51: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

51

NOKIA SOFTWARE

VitalQIP Installation

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

VITALQIP INSTALLATION TOS00201W 1h30 W E

Page 52: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

52

NOKIA SOFTWARE

VitalQIP Administration

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

VITALQIP INSTALLATION TOS00201W 1h30 W E

NOKIA VITALQIP ADMINISTRATION AP00120-V-0812 3d C E

Page 53: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

53

NOKIA SOFTWARE

VitalQIP User

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

VITALQIP INSTALLATION TOS00201W 1h30 W E

Page 54: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

54

OPTICS

Sales Associate

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

NOKIA AND PARTNERS ­ OPPORTUNITIES TOGETHER TBU00071W 20min W E

KEYS FOR SELLING TBU00047W 1h W E

PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE

SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E

GPP DEAL REGISTRATION TRAINING FOR PARTNERS TBU31159W 30min W E

NOKIA OPTICAL PRODUCT OVERVIEW TOP00008W 45min W E

Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must also successfully complete one course from the

Segments curriculum.

Page 55: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

55

OPTICS

Sales Engineer Specialist

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE

SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E

NOKIA OPTICAL PRODUCT OVERVIEW TOP00008W 45min W E

WDM TECHNOLOGY ­ GPP TOP18075W 3h W E

1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) 4

ARCHITECTURE AND HARDWARE ­ GPP TOP30040W 1h W E

1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) R9.X INTRODUCTION TOP54079W 2h W E

1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH)

SWDM R9.X ARCHITECTURE AND HARDWARE TOP54080W 1h W E

1830 PSS-24X R 9.x ARCHITECTURE & HARDWARE TOP54112W 1h W E

1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) ENGINEERING &

PLANNING TOOL (EPT) R8.X FOR GPP TOP00014W 6h W E

1830 PSS (Photonic Service Switch) Introduction OP00638-K-0000 2h W E

Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must also successfully complete one course from the

Segments curriculum.

Note: In order to obtain the Sales Engineer Professional certification, you must successfully complete this

certification before attending the Sales Engineer Professional curriculum.

Page 56: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

56

OPTICS

Sales Engineer Professional

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

NOKIA FUNDAMENTALS OF OPTICAL NETWORK DESIGN** TOP00004 3d C E

NOKIA ADVANCED OPTICAL NETWORK DESIGN** TOP00005 5d C E

NOKIA FUNDAMENTALS OF OPTICAL NETWORK

DESIGN EXAM 4A0­250 1h

E

NOKIA ADVANCED OPTICAL NETWORK DESIGN EXAM 4A0­255 2h

E

Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must first successfully complete the Sales Engineer Specialist

curriculum.

**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact

our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the

start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first

day of class.

Page 57: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

57

OPTICS

Field Technician

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

ESD AND CALIBRATION LMQ114W 30min W E

INSPECT­CLEAN­INSPECT­CONNECT (ICIC) PROCESS (VIDEO) OAP00050W 30min W E

1830 PSS­4 INSTALLATION, TEST AND TURN UP TOP30020W 4h W E

1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) 4 ARCHITECTURE

AND HARDWARE ­ GPP TOP30040W 1h W E

1830 PSS-4/8/16/16II/32 HW ENGINEERING, INSTALLATION

& BASIC COMMISSIONING R9** TOP30043 5d C E

1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) R9.X INTRODUCTION TOP54079W 2h W E

1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) SWDM

R9.X ARCHITECTURE AND HARDWARE TOP54080W 1h W E

1830 PSS (Photonic Service Switch)

Introduction

OP00638-K-

0000 2h W E

**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact

our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the

start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first

day of class.

Page 58: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

58

OPTICS

Network Integration Engineer

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) ­

16/32 SWDM OPERATION AND

MAINTENANCE

TOP30003W 3h W E

1830 PSS­4 R WDM OPERATION & MAINTENANCE TOP30016W 2h W E

1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) 4

ARCHITECTURE AND HARDWARE ­ GPP TOP30040W 1h W E

1830 PSS­8/16II O&M TOP51001W 18h W E

1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) R9.X

INTRODUCTION TOP54079W 2h W E

1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE

SWITCH) SWDM R9.X ARCHITECTURE

AND HARDWARE

TOP54080W 1h W E

1830 PSS-24X R 9.x ARCHITECTURE & HARDWARE TOP54112W 1h W E

1830 PSS-24X R 9.0 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE * TOP54111 11h V E

NFM -T R.18 Managed plane Network construction

with 1830 PSS operations OP00090-V-18 14h V E

NFM-T R.18 Provisioning and Network maintenance

-managed plane OP00092-V-18 14h V E

1830 PSS (Photonic Service Switch) Introduction OP00638-K-0000 2h W E

*Optional

**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact

our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the

start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first

day of class.

Page 59: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

59

OPTICS

Technical Support Level 1

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

HOW TO OPEN A TICKET AT NOKIA SMAABAG-W-

1801 15min W E

ESD AND CALIBRATION LMQ114W 30min W E

INSPECT­CLEAN­INSPECT­CONNECT (ICIC) PROCESS (VIDEO) OAP00050W 30min W E

WDM TECHNOLOGY ­ GPP TOP18075W 3h W E

1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) 4 ARCHITECTURE

AND HARDWARE ­ GPP TOP30040W 1h W E

1830 PSS 16/32 R 9.X L1 MAINTENANCE TOP42018W 6h W E

1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) R9.X INTRODUCTION TOP54079W 2h W E

1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) SWDM

R9.X ARCHITECTURE AND HARDWARE TOP54080W 1h W E

1830 PSS-24X R 9.x ARCHITECTURE &

HARDWARE * TOP54112W 1h W E

1830 PSS (Photonic Service Switch) Introduction OP00638-K-

0000 2h W E

Note: In order to obtain the Technical Level Support Level 2 certification, you must successfully complete this certification before attending the Technical Level Support Level 2 curriculum. * Optional

Page 60: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

60

OPTICS

Technical Support Level 2

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) ­ 16/32

SWDM OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE TOP30003W 3h W E

1830 PSS­4 R WDM OPERATION & MAINTENANCE TOP30016W 2h W E

1830 PSS­8/16II O&M TOP51001W 18h W E

1830 PSS-24X R 9.0 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE* TOP54111 11h V E

NFM -T R.18 Managed plane Network construction with 1830

PSS operations OP00090-V-18 14h V E

NFM-T R.18 Provisioning and Network maintenance -

managed plane OP00092-V-18 14h V E

NOKIA OPTICAL DIAGNOSTICS & TROUBLESHOOTING** TOP00007 4d V E

NOKIA OPTICAL DIAGNOSTICS & TROUBLESHOOTING EXAM 4A0­265 2h

E

Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must first successfully complete the Technical Support Level 1 curriculum. *Optional

**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact

our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the

start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first

day of class.

Page 61: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

61

PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN (POL)

Sales Associate

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

NOKIA AND PARTNERS ­ OPPORTUNITIES TOGETHER TBU00071W 20min W E

GPP DEAL REGISTRATION TRAINING FOR PARTNERS TBU31159W 30min W E

PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE

SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E

PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN SOLUTION INTRODUCTION TAC60042W 30min W E

MARKET OVERVIEW: PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN FOR

ENTERPRISE, INDUSTRY AND PUBLIC SECTOR TAC60057W 30min W E

Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must also successfully complete one course from the

Segments curriculum.

Page 62: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

62

PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN (POL)

Sales Engineer Specialist

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE

SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E

PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN SOLUTION INTRODUCTION TAC60042W 30min W E

5571 POL COMMAND CENTER INTRODUCTION TAC60047W 30min W E

PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN SYSTEM OVERVIEW AND ARCHITECTURE TAC60048W 30min W E

Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must also successfully complete one course from the

Segments curriculum.

Page 63: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

63

PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN (POL)

Sales Engineer Professional

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

7360 ISAM POL HW CONFIGURATION** TAC42112 1/2d C E

7360 ISAM POL BASIC GPON CONFIGURATION** TAC42113 1/2d C E

7360 ISAM POL L2 SERVICE CONFIGURATIONS** TAC42114 2d C E

**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact

our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the

start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first

day of class.

Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must first successfully complete the Sales Engineer Specialist

curriculum.

Page 64: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

64

PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN (POL)

Sales and Sales Engineer Optional Training * Optional

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

7360 ISAM POL HW CONFIGURATION** TAC42112 1/2d C E

7360 ISAM POL BASIC GPON CONFIGURATION** TAC42113 1/2d C E

7360 ISAM POL L2 SERVICE CONFIGURATIONS** TAC42114 2d C E

7360 ISAM POL ADVANCED CONFIGURATIONS** TAC42116 1d C E

5520 AMS DESCRIPTION* TAC60009W 45min W E

FBA ELEMENT MANAGEMENT INTRODUCTION* TAC60022W 45min W E

PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN SOLUTION INTRODUCTION* TAC60042W 30min W E

POL FIBER CONCEPTS AND PRINCIPLE * TAC60049W 45min W E

MARKET OVERVIEW: PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN FOR

ENTERPRISE, INDUSTRY AND PUBLIC SECTOR* TAC60057W 30min W E

**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact

our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the

start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first

day of class.

Page 65: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

65

PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN (POL)

Field Technician

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

ESD AND CALIBRATION LMQ114W 30min W E

7360 ISAM POL HW CONFIGURATION** TAC42112 1/2d C E

7360 ISAM POL BASIC GPON CONFIGURATION** TAC42113 1/2d C E

PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN SOLUTION INTRODUCTION TAC60042W 30min W E

5571 POL COMMAND CENTER INTRODUCTION TAC60047W 30min W E

PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN SYSTEM OVERVIEW AND ARCHITECTURE TAC60048W 30min W E

ISAM POL HW INSTALLATION TAC60050W 45min W E

**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact

our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the

start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first

day of class.

Page 66: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

66

PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN (POL)

Network Integration Engineer * Optional

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

ESD AND CALIBRATION LMQ114W 30min W E

7360 ISAM POL HW CONFIGURATION** TAC42112 1/2d C E

7360 ISAM POL BASIC GPON CONFIGURATION** TAC42113 1/2d C E

7360 ISAM POL L2 SERVICE CONFIGURATIONS** TAC42114 2d C E

7360 ISAM POL TROUBLESHOOTING** TAC42115 1d C E

7360 ISAM POL ADVANCED CONFIGURATIONS* TAC42116 1d C E

5571 POL COMMAND CENTER INTRODUCTION TAC60047W 30min W E

PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN SYSTEM OVERVIEW AND ARCHITECTURE TAC60048W 30min W E

ISAM POL HW INSTALLATION TAC60050W 45min W E

**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact

our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the

start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first

day of class.

Page 67: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

67

PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN (POL)

Technical Support Level 1

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

HOW TO OPEN A TICKET AT NOKIA SMAABAG-W-

1801 15min W E

7360 ISAM POL HW CONFIGURATION** TAC42112 1/2d C E

7360 ISAM POL BASIC GPON CONFIGURATION** TAC42113 1/2d C E

5571 POL COMMAND CENTER INTRODUCTION TAC60047W 30min W E

PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN SYSTEM OVERVIEW AND ARCHITECTURE TAC60048W 30min W E

POL FIBER CONCEPTS AND PRINCIPLES TAC60049W 45min W E

ISAM POL HW INSTALLATION TAC60050W 45min W E

**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact

our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the

start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first

day of class.

Page 68: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

68

PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN (POL)

Technical Support Level 2

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

7360 ISAM POL L2 SERVICE CONFIGURATIONS** TAC42114 2d C E

7360 ISAM POL TROUBLESHOOTING** TAC42115 1d C E

7360 ISAM POL ADVANCED CONFIGURATIONS** TAC42116 1d C E

**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact our

Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the start

date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first day of

class.

Note: In order to obtain this certification, you must first successfully complete the Technical Support Level 1

curriculum.

Page 69: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

69

PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN (POL)

Technical Optional Training * Optional

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

INTRODUCTION TO IPV6 IN FIXED ULTRA-BROADBAND ACCESS* TAC42098W 45min W E

7360 ISAM POL L2 SERVICE CONFIGURATIONS** TAC42114 2d C E

7360 ISAM POL TROUBLESHOOTING** TAC42115 1d C E

7360 ISAM POL ADVANCED CONFIGURATIONS** TAC42116 1d C E

IP / ETHERNET DEMYSTIFICATION PART 1* TAC60032W 4h W E

IP / ETHERNET DEMYSTIFICATION PART 2* TAC60033W 2h W E

7360 PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN SOLUTION INTRODUCTION* TAC60042W 30min W E

POL FIBER CONCEPTS AND PRINCIPLES* TAC60049W 45min W E

**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact

our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the

start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first

day of class.

Page 70: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

70

NUAGE

Sales Associate

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

NOKIA AND PARTNERS - OPPORTUNITIES TOGETHER TBU00071W 15min W E

GPP DEAL REGISTRATION TRAINING FOR PARTNERS TBU31159W 30min W E

PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE

SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E

Page 71: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

71

NUAGE

Sales Engineer Specialist

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE

SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E

SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKING WITH NUAGE NETWORKS VSP ER00696-K 3h30min W E

Page 72: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

72

NUAGE

Sales Engineer Professional * Optional

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

Prerequisite - Nuage Sales Engineer Specialist certification

Pick 1 of NNP SD-DC certification or NNP SD-WAN certification

NNP SD-DC certification

NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED CLOUD SERVICES (VCS)

FUNDAMENTALS** TTP36005 5d C

Nuage Networks Cloud Services (VCS) Fundamentals EXAM 4A0-N01 E

NNP SD-WAN certification

NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED NETWORK SERVICES (VNS)

FUNDAMENTALS** TTP36009* 4d C

Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS)

Fundamentals EXAM 4A0-N02 E

**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact

our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the

start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first

day of class.

Page 73: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

73

NUAGE

Software Installation

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED SERVICES PLATFORM (VSP)

SOFTWARE INSTALLATION** TTP36006 4d C

Nuage Networks Virtualized Services Platform (VSP) Software

Installation LAB EXAM NNIS-LE E

**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact

our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the

start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first

day of class.

Page 74: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

74

NUAGE

Network Integration Engineer * Optional

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

Pick 1 of NNE SD-DC certification or NNE SD-WAN certification

NNE SD-DC

NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED CLOUD SERVICES (VCS)

FUNDAMENTALS** TTP36005 5d C

Nuage Networks Cloud Services (VCS) Fundamentals EXAM 4A0-N01 E

NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED SERVICES PLATFORM (VSP)

SOFTWARE INSTALLATION** TTP36006 4d C

Nuage Networks Virtualized Services Platform (VSP) Software

Installation LAB EXAM NNIS-LE E

NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED CLOUD SERVICES (VCS)

OPERATIONS** TTP36007 3d C

Nuage Networks Virtualized Cloud Services (VCS) Operations

EXAM 4A0-N03 E

NNE SD-DC LAB EXAM NNESDDC-LE E

NNE SD-WAN

NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED NETWORK SERVICES (VNS)

FUNDAMENTALS** TTP36009* 4d C

Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS)

Fundamentals EXAM 4A0-N02 E

NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED SERVICES PLATFORM (VSP)

SOFTWARE INSTALLATION** TTP36006 4d C

Nuage Networks Virtualized Services Platform (VSP) Software

Installation LAB EXAM NNIS-LE E

Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS) Operations ER-00624-V1711 4d C

Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS) Operations

EXAM 4A0-N07 E

NNE SD-WAN LAB EXAM NNESDWAN-LE E

Page 75: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

75

NUAGE

Technical Support Level 1 * Optional

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

HOW TO OPEN A TICKET AT NOKIA SMAABAG-W 30min W E

Pick 1 of VCS L1 Bundle OR VNS L1 Bundle

VCS L1 Bundle

NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED CLOUD SERVICES (VCS)

FUNDAMENTALS** TTP36005 5d C E

Nuage Networks Virtualized Cloud Services (VCS) Fundamentals

EXAM 4A0-N01

NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED CLOUD SERVICES (VCS)

OPERATIONS** TTP36007 3d C E

Nuage Networks Virtualized Cloud Services (VCS) Operations

EXAM 4A0-N03

VNS L1 Bundle

NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED NETWORK SERVICES (VNS)

FUNDAMENTALS** TTP36009* 4d C

Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS)

Fundamentals EXAM 4A0-N02 E

Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS) Operations ER-00624-V1711 4d C

Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS) Operations

EXAM 4A0-N07 E

**For courses conducted in a classroom or as part of a live virtual delivery, you will be directed to contact

our Global Contact Center (GCC) to arrange for the course. You must be confirmed 4 weeks prior to the

start date of the class as classes without sufficient enrollment are cancelled three weeks prior to the first

day of class.

Page 76: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

76

NUAGE

Technical Support Level 2

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

Prerequisite - Nuage Technical Support Level 1 certification

Pick 1 of [NNE SD-DC certification + Adv VCS] or [NNE SD-WAN certification + Adv VNS]

NNE SD-DC certification + Advanced VCS

NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED CLOUD SERVICES (VCS)

FUNDAMENTALS** TTP36005 5d C

Nuage Networks Virtualized Cloud Services (VCS) Fundamentals

EXAM 4A0-N01 E

NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED SERVICES PLATFORM (VSP)

SOFTWARE INSTALLATION** TTP36006 4d C

Nuage Networks Virtualized Services Platform (VSP) Software

Installation LAB EXAM NNIS-LE E

NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED CLOUD SERVICES (VCS)

OPERATIONS** TTP36007 3d C

Nuage Networks Virtualized Cloud Services (VCS) Operations

EXAM 4A0-N03 E

NNE SD-DC LAB EXAM NNESDDC-LE E

NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED SERVICES PLATFORM (VSP) –

ADVANCED NETWORKING** TTP36008 4d C

Nuage Networks Virtualized Services Platform (VSP) – Advanced

Networking EXAM 4A0-N05 E

NNE SD-WAN certification + Advanced VNS

NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED NETWORK SERVICES (VNS)

FUNDAMENTALS** TTP36009 4d C

Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS)

Fundamentals EXAM 4A0-N02 E

NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED NETWORK SERVICES (VNS) –

ADVANCED TOPICS** TTP36010 3d C E

Nuage Networks Virtualized Services Platform (VSP) Software

Installation LAB EXAM NNIS-LE E

Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS) Operations ER-00624-V1711 4d C

Page 77: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

77

Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS) Operations

EXAM 4A0-N07 E

NNE SD-WAN LAB EXAM NNESDWAN-LE E

Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS) – Advanced

Topics TTP36010 3d C

Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS) – Advanced

Topics EXAM 4A0-N06 E

Page 78: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

78

SERVICE DESK CLERK

Customer Service Desk Clerk

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

CUSTOMER SERVICE DESK CLERK SMAAAJG-W 30min W E

Page 79: Partner Catalog - Nokia

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

79

SERVICES

Sales Representative

COURSE TITLE COURSE / EXAM

REFERENCE DURATION DELIVERY

PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE

SERVICES TBU00249W 15min W E

Page 80: Partner Catalog - Nokia

80

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

C O U R S E D E S C R I P T I O N S

Page 81: Partner Catalog - Nokia

81

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA AND PARTNERS - OPPORTUNITIES TOGETHER

Course Number TBU00071W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 20min

Description

This course covers the relationship of Nokia and their Partners.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 82: Partner Catalog - Nokia

82

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

VDSL2 EXPERT WORKSHOP

Course Number 3FL00452AAAAZZZZA

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 2.5d

Description Overall Description:

Interactive group training session with guided & self-guided hands-on requiring much

involvement of the attendees for sharing their different experiences on the topic. We aim

at providing more in depth knowledge, gaining new ideas and practice on field usable

scenarios of the VDSL2 access technology.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to :

• Know where to position VDSL2.

• Be able to list the relevant standards for VDSL2.

• Describe the different band plans and profiles of VDSL2.

• Explain impulse noise and rate adaptation mechanisms.

• Explain the forward error mechanisms used in VDSL2.

• Understand VDSL2 Initialization.

• Understand Spectral Management within VDSL2.

• Describe the purpose and use of Upstream and Downstream Power Back Off.

• Understand what virtual noise is used for.

• List the parameters being measured by DELT

• Understand and use the configurable parameters in the VDSL2 profiles.

• Be able to configure the profiles for VDSL2 and bring up a VDSL2 port.

• Understand the operational, oam and performance monitoring data.

Course Outline:

• DSL refresh

• VDSL2 basics

• VDSL2 advanced

• multi pair bonding

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

*

Page 83: Partner Catalog - Nokia

83

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA SCALABLE IP NETWORKS

Course Number 3FL30632AAAAZZZZA

Delivery Type Instructor­Led Training – 4d

Description Overall Description:

As the starting point in Nokia Service Routing Certification (SRC) Program, the Nokia Scalable IP

Networks course is designed for students with limited knowledge of IP and Ethernet technology.

Upon successful completion of this course, students should be familiar with the basics of TCP/IP,

routing, routing protocols, IP addressing, Ethernet and services.

Course Objectives:

After completing the course, students should be able to:

• Understand the transmission control protocol/Internet protocol (TCP/IP) suite

• Identify the key functions of the Ethernet protocol

• Identify the key functions of an IP network, including address classes, IP subnet masks, subnet

calculations and utilities

• Configure IP addresses and subnet masks on router interfaces and verify addressing on an

operational network

• Configure and verify static and default routes, routing information protocol (RIP), open shortest

path first (OSPF), and basic border group protocol (BGP) routing on a network

• Understand the concepts of autonomous systems, exterior and interior BGP

• Understand the workings of a distance vector protocol (e.g., RIP) and link state protocols (e.g.,

OSPF)

• Understand the Nokia 7750 Service Router (SR) and Nokia 7450 Ethernet Service Switch (ESS)

and the command line interfaces

• Understand the mechanism of TCP

Course Outline:

Module 1 Internet Overview

Module 2 Introduction to the Nokia 7750 SR and Nokia 7450 ESS

Module 3 Layer 2 Overview

Module 4 IP Layer

Module 5 Transport Layer Overview

Module 6 IP Routing

Module 7 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) Overview

Module 8 BGP Overview

Module 9 Services Overview

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

• Basic knowledge of networking and IP

• Experience with binary numbers

Page 84: Partner Catalog - Nokia

84

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

Required

Equipment

None

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA INTERIOR ROUTING PROTOCOLS

Course Number 3FL30633AAAAZZZZA

Delivery Type Instructor­Led Training – 5d

Description Overall Description:

In this comprehensive course, students examine the intricacies of standards­based routing

protocols, such as open shortest path first (OSPF) and intermediate system­to­intermediate

system (IS­IS). The Nokia Interior Routing Protocols course analyzes and compares these routing

protocols, highlighting their valuable insights into the design decisions necessary for the

successful implementation of these protocols in large­scale, service­oriented networking

infrastructures for mobile, managed communication and triple play networks.

Course Objectives:

After completing the course, students should be able to:

• Demonstrate a basic overall understanding of link state

protocols

• Express a basic overall understanding of IP routing design

• Describe the various routing protocol databases (routing, forwarding and link

state)

• Demonstrate an understanding of route redistribution and route filter policies

• Create and verify the successful operation of static and default routes

• Explain the basic operations of OSPF, and ensure the successful implementation and

operability of OSPF in a network

• Configure OSPF in basic and complex network topologies

• Explain the basic operations of IS­IS, and ensure the successful implementation and operability

of IS­IS in a network

• Define the differences between IS­IS and OSPF

• Verify OSPF operations and troubleshoot OSPF routing issues

• Configure a complex network utilizing a combination of OSPF and IS­IS

Course Outline:

Module 1 ­ IP Routing Review

Module 2 ­ Static Routing and Default Routes

Module 3 ­ Dynamic Routing Protocols

Module 4 ­ Open Shortest Path First

Module 5 ­ Intermediate System­to­Intermediate System

Module 6 ­ Route Redistribution

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

• Nokia Scalable IP Networks course

• Solid IP networking experience

• Ethernet and basic WAN protocol knowledge

Page 85: Partner Catalog - Nokia

85

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

Required

Equipment

None

Page 86: Partner Catalog - Nokia

86

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA MULTIPROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING

Course Number 3FL30635AAAAZZZZA

Delivery Type Instructor­Led Training – 5d

Page 87: Partner Catalog - Nokia

87

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

Description Overall Description:

This course covers multiprotocol label switching (MPLS) concepts, terminology, signaling protocols,

design considerations such as resiliency, and the implementation, monitoring and basic

troubleshooting of an MPLS network. Successful completion of the Nokia Multiprotocol Label

Switching course will enable students to demonstrate a good understanding of MPLS and the

establishment of label switched paths (LSPs) using either label distribution protocol (LDP) or

resource reservation protocol (RSVP) and resource reservation protocol with traffic engineering

(RSVP­TE).

Course Objectives:

After completing the course, participants should be able to :

• Explain the basic concepts of MPLS technology such as forwarding equivalence classes

(FECs), labels and label stacks, label distribution, LSPs and MPLS packet forwarding

• Describe the MPLS header structure and explain the label operations of pop, push and swap

• List the characteristics of different label distribution protocols and compare them

• Explain how LDP works to distribute labels for FECs and establish LSPs

• Describe traffic engineering and its advantage in an MPLS network

• Identify the traffic engineering extensions made to the IGP routing protocols and understand

how they are used with CSPF to establish traffic engineered LSPs

• Discuss the use of IGP next­hop look­ups using LDP and RSVP

• Demonstrate how RSVP­TE is used to establish traffic engineered LSPs using RSVP signaling

messages to distribute labels, specify constraints for the LSP and request LSP protection

mechanisms

• Describe the concept of a Shard Link Risk Group (SRLG) and its use in traffic engineering

• State the purpose of using LDP over RSVP tunnels to provide traffic engineering in a

hierarchical network

• Configure an MPLS­based core network using LDP, RSVP­TE and LDP over RSVP

• List the various LSP protection mechanisms (Secondary/Standby LSP, fast reroutes)

• Compare and contrast the one­to­one and facility bypass protection mechanisms in fast

reroute

• Configure RSVP­TE LSPs using each of the possible protection mechanisms

• Understand how to manage, monitor and perform basic troubleshooting of LDP­established

LSPs on the Nokia 7750 Service Router (SR) and Nokia 7450 Ethernet Service Switch (ESS)

• Understand how to manage, monitor and perform basic troubleshooting of RSVP­TE­

established LSPs on the Nokia 7750 SR and Nokia 7450 ESS

Course Outline:

Module 1 ­ MPLS Introduction

Module 2 ­ MPLS Fundamentals

Module 3 ­ MPLS Label Distribution Protocol

Module 4 ­ RSVP

Module 5 ­ Traffic Engineering

Module 6 ­ Resiliency

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Page 88: Partner Catalog - Nokia

88

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA MULTIPROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING - CONTINUED

Course Number 3FL30635AAAAZZZZA (cont’d)

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Nokia Scalable IP Networks and Nokia Interior Routing Protocols and High Availability

courses are recommended.

Required

Equipment None

Page 89: Partner Catalog - Nokia

89

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA SERVICES ARCHITECTURE

Course Number 3FL30636AAAAZZZZA

Delivery Type Instructor­Led Training – 4d

Description Overall Description:

The Nokia Services Architecture course is an introduction to Nokia's concept of the

implementation of services. Students are walked through the steps for deploying virtual private

network (VPN) and residential services in a service provider's multiprotocol label switching (MPLS)

network. Various services supported in the Nokia service routing portfolio are covered in this

course ­ Internet enhanced service (IES), virtual private wire service (VPWS) and virtual private LAN

service (VPLS).

Course Objectives:

After completing the course, participants should be able to :

• Demonstrate a basic overall understanding of Nokia services

• Differentiate between service access point (SAP) and network ports

• Provide an explanation for a service delivery platform (SDP) and differentiate between mesh

and spoke SDPs

• Differentiate between transport tunnels and service tunnels

• Correctly analyze the implications of maximum transmission unit (MTU) size

• Use the correct operations, administration and maintenance (OAM) tools to analyze a

configured system

• Correctly define the terms related to VPWS services such as Epipe, Apipe, Fpipe, and Ipipe

• Correctly configure an Epipe, Apipe, Fpipe and Ipipe service

• Manage Epipe, Apipe, Fpipe and Ipipe services given an existing infrastructure including

modifying, deleting, disabling, re­enabling, and creating these services

• Understand the issues related to VPWS interworking

• Correctly define and configure an enhanced Internet service

• Identify reasons to use mirror services and differentiate between local and distributed mirror

services

• Configure both local and distributed mirror services

• Identify which traffic to mirror

• Define and correctly use mirror slicing

• Define the term high availability (HA) within the Nokia context

• Differentiate between software and hardware HA

• Identify the router architecture components that contribute to HA

Course Outline:

Module 1 ­ Services Overview

Module 2 ­ Introduction to Multiservice Edge Services

Module 3 ­ Introduction to Internet Enhanced Services

Module 4 ­ VPWS Interworking

Module 5 ­ Mirroring Services

Module 6 ­ High Availability

Page 90: Partner Catalog - Nokia

90

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA SERVICES ARCHITECTURE - CONTINUED

Course Number 3FL30636AAAAZZZZA (cont’d)

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Nokia Scalable IP Networks, Nokia Interior Routing Protocols and Nokia Multiprotocol Label

Switching courses are recommended.

Required

Equipment

None

Page 91: Partner Catalog - Nokia

91

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA FUNDAMENTALS OF OPTICAL NETWORK DESIGN EXAM

Course Number 4A0­250

Delivery Type EXAM – 1h

Description Overall Description:

This exam will demonstrate that the learning objectives were met.

For details on the related learning refer to the respective course descriptions.

Course Outline:

The exam covers the following learning:

• TOP00004V_V1.0

The exam is organized and proctored by a Third Party.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

The learning covered by the exam

Required

Equipment

None

Page 92: Partner Catalog - Nokia

92

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA ADVANCED OPTICAL NETWORK DESIGN EXAM

Course Number 4A0­255

Delivery Type EXAM – 2h

Description Overall Description:

This exam will demonstrate that the learning objectives were met.

For details on the related learning refer to the respective course descriptions.

Course Outline:

The exam covers the following learning:

• TOP00005V_V1.0

The exam is organized and proctored by a Third Party.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

The learning covered by the exam

Required

Equipment

None

Page 93: Partner Catalog - Nokia

93

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA OPTICAL DIAGNOSTICS & TROUBLESHOOTING EXAM

Course Number 4A0­265

Delivery Type EXAM – 2h

Description Overall Description:

This exam will demonstrate that the learning objectives were met.

For details on the related learning refer to the respective course descriptions.

Course Outline:

The exam covers the following learning:

• TOP00007V

The exam is organized and proctored by a Third Party.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

The learning covered by the exam

Required

Equipment

None

Page 94: Partner Catalog - Nokia

94

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

ESD AND CALIBRATION

Course Number LMQ114W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

Web­based initial certification and re­certification for basic user ESD and Test

Equipment Calibration. Note that there are translated PDF versions included

for your reference and convenience.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 95: Partner Catalog - Nokia

95

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

DEPLOYMENT CERTIFICATION FOR PARTNERS IN NAR

Course Number TOP00017W

Delivery Type Instructor­Led Training – 2d/4d EXAM – 1d

Description Overall Description:

The 9500 MPR­A certification course is designed to provide accelerated learning and deliver

installation and test (I&T) competencies to qualified participants in a relatively short amount of

time. Participating students shall also be provided with a thorough understanding of provisioning

and configuring the Nokia 9500 MPR­A. This course can be tailored to spend more time on

'project specific' configurations for a known upcoming project opportunity ­ or the course can

generally cover provisioning and configuring of various sorts of networks (linear, ring, cluster,

star, etc). This course is provided in a controlled networked lab environment and shall consist of

lecture time, as well as hands on instruction.

Notes:

• Those taking this course need to refer to the “prologue” and the instructions

• The participants will need to take and pass a written and practical exam on the last day of this

course in order to be considered certified

Course Objectives:

Upon successful completion of this course, the participants will be able to:

• Understand site grounding standards and techniques as they apply to indoor and outdoor

radio installations

• Install the 9500 MPR in accordance with standards outlined in the Nokia Radio Installation

handbook

• Configure and provision the 9500 MPR­A series radio

• Troubleshoot the 9500 MPR­A series radio to include all current board releases and standards

ANSI and ETSI

• Demonstrate intermediate level competency by scoring 80% or better on the classroom post­

assessment and hands on practical assessment

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Before attending the course, the field technician participants should be familiar with the

following:

• Basic Radio installation standards and techniques

• Basic Microwave Radio transmission line components and nomenclature

• TWT18014W

Required

Equipment

None

Page 96: Partner Catalog - Nokia

96

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

INSPECT-CLEAN-INSPECT-CONNECT (ICIC) PROCESS (VIDEO)

Course Number OAP00050W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

This short video provides an overview of the Inspect­Clean­Inspect­Connect (ICIC).

This process uses a video microscope and testing software which allows a technician

to make a visual verification and a physical test to ensure fiber connections are clean

and free from defects.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to understand the importance of

fiber cleaning in optics networks.

Course Outline:

• Explanation of ICIC process

• Explanation of Cleaning Equipment and Cleaning Software

• Reference to further ICIC documentation

Certification Requirements:

None

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 97: Partner Catalog - Nokia

97

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7950 XRS INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING - SITE PREPARATION

Course Number PLE07168M

Delivery Type Self­Study – 30min

Description Course Objectives:

• Identify rack requirements such as size, clearance, air space.

• Calculate power requirement per configuration.

• List necessary tools.

• Complete additional rack precautions (stabilizer etc.).

Course Outline:

1. System Specifications.

2. Power Consumption.

3. System Considerations.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 98: Partner Catalog - Nokia

98

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7750 SR/7450 ESS INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING SITE PREPARATION

Course Number PLE07169M

Delivery Type Self­Study – 30min

Description Course Objectives:

• Identify rack requirements such as size, clearance, air space.

• Calculate power requirement per configuration.

• List necessary tools.

• Complete additional rack precautions (stabilizer, etc.).

Course Outline:

1. System Specifications.

2. Required Tools and Materials.

3. Power Consumption.

4. Safety Considerations.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 99: Partner Catalog - Nokia

99

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7705 SAR INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING - SITE PREPARATION

Course Number PLE07187M

Delivery Type Self­Study – 30min

Description Course Objectives:

• Identify rack requirements such as size, clearance, air space.

• Calculate power requirement per configuration.

• List necessary tools.

Course Outline:

1. System Specifications.

2. Required Tools and Materials.

3. Power Consumption.

4. System Considerations.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 100: Partner Catalog - Nokia

100

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7210 SAS INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING - SITE PREPARATION

Course Number PLE07188M

Delivery Type Self­Study – 30min

Description Course Objectives:

• Identify rack requirements such as size, clearance, air space.

• Calculate power requirement per configuration.

• List necessary tools.

Course Outline:

1. System Specifications.

2. Required Tools and Materials.

3. Power Consumption.

4. System Considerations.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 101: Partner Catalog - Nokia

101

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

5520 AMS INSTALLATION ADMINISTRATION

Course Number TAC03017

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training ­ 2d

Description Overall Description:

The goal of the training is to describe and give understanding of the AMS Installation and

Administration. The training covers the description of the solution, the architecture, the basic

principle, terminology and the implementation. It is intended to customers as well as internal Nokia

employees. For Nokia employees, this training may serve as preparation to

AMS Installation and Administration Certification CNA level - CBIS related exam.

Course Objectives:

• Explain the architecture of the 5520 AMS

• Set up a 5520 AMS

• Install the AMS plug-ins

• Back up and restore the AMS server

• Locate and consult the log files

• Manage administrative settings

• Manage operational settings

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required Equipment None

Page 102: Partner Catalog - Nokia

102

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

VDSL2 ARQ & VECTORING EXPERT WORKSHOP

Course Number TAC03056

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 2.5d

Description Overall Description:

A workshop refers to a very interactive group training session with guided & self-guided hands-on

and requires much involvement of the attendees for sharing their different experiences on the

topics. We aim at providing more in depth knowledge, gaining new ideas and practice on field

usable scenarios. This training/workshop will provide in-depth information about VDSL2

vectoring.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Understand crosstalk and its effects.

• Explain the purpose of vectoring and what it is used for.

• Understand the vectoring concepts and their implementation.

• Understand the Nokia vectoring portfolio.

• Describe the vectoring initialization cycle.

• Explain different migration scenarios.

• Know how to set-up and configure a vectoring group and understand the effect of the different

configuration settings.

Course Content:

Section 1: Vectoring Expert Workshop

• G.inp

• vectoring intro

• vectoring advanced

• vectoring hands-on

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required Equipment None

Page 103: Partner Catalog - Nokia

103

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

VDSL2 ARQ & VECTORING EXPERT WORKSHOP – CONTINUED

Course Number TAC03056 (cont’d)

Description (cont’d) Note: where possible and available we'll include the use of a spectrum analyzer and the

Nokia 5530 Network Analyzer to visualize what happens on the VDSL2 vectored line.

Audience:

This course/workshop is meant for people who are familiar with VDSL2 already. This

workshop will provide in­depth information about vectoring and aims expert job profiles.

The content can be further fine-tuned for the requirements of the audience. For example:

taking into account country local restrictions & design of the existing DSL access network.

Upfront discussions with customer and customization efforts are mandatory in that case.

By the end of the course, participants will be able to :

• Explain the concepts of G.INP (ARQ). Also known as RTX. (ITU G.998.4)

• Explain & configure the different configurable parameters in the RTX profile and XDSL

overrule

• Explain the concepts of G.vectoring (ITU G.993.5)

• Describe the Nokia equipment used to deploy vectoring.

• Configure & implement vectoring on your network

• Extra objectives to be set in upfront discussion with customer

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

The trainee must be experienced with VDSL2.

Required

Equipment

None

Page 104: Partner Catalog - Nokia

104

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

5529 IDM PRODUCT OVERVIEW

Course Number TAC03059W

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 45min

Description Overall Description:

This WBT is designed for those that need an introduction to 5529 IDM enhanced application for

5520 AMS.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Understand what the IDM is and what the added values for network operators are,

• Describe some of the features and characteristics of the 5529 IDM.

Course Outline:

Section 1: 5529 IDM Product Overview

• 5529 IDM Product Overview

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 105: Partner Catalog - Nokia

105

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

5529 OAD PRODUCT OVERVIEW

Course Number TAC03060W

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

This WBT is designed for those that need an introduction to 5529 IDM enhanced application for

5520 AMS.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Understand what the IDM is and what the added values for network operators are,

• Describe some of the features and characteristics of the 5529 IDM.

Course Outline

Section 1: 5529 OAD Product Overview

• 5529 OAD Product Overview

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 106: Partner Catalog - Nokia

106

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

ISAM HW INSTALLATION (AGGREGATE OF 9 MODULES)

Course Number TAC03065K

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 45min

Description This course is intended for people that need to understand how to install ISAM hardware.

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

• Describe how to install ISAM Hardware.

• Install the 7302 FD­16.

• Install the 7330 FD­8

• Install the 7360 FX­4.

• Install the 7360 FX­8.

Course Outline:

• System and Power Specifications

• Shelf Mounting

• Mounting the Fan Unit

• Power Ground and Alarm Cabling

• Installing Boards

Audience:

Nokia employees, partners and customers

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

The trainee must have knowledge of telecommunications, basic electrical safety

standards, local safety regulations, and procedures.

Required

Equipment

None

Page 107: Partner Catalog - Nokia

107

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

ISAM VOICE PRODUCT OVERVIEW

Course Number TAC05021K

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 3h

Page 108: Partner Catalog - Nokia

108

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

Description Overall Description:

Trainees will learn about the ISAM voice product overview; Covering a VoIP overview,

Megaco and SIP architecture in the ISAM, an overview of all the ISAM equipment, the

ISAM elements that make up the ISAM voice and narrowband line testing. Note an

alternate instructor-led training TAC05021 also exists for this learning.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe the VoIP background of ISAM voice,

• Explain how VoIP is transmitted,

• Distinguish between MEGACO and SIP protocol,

• Understand the main key components in an IMS platform,

• Explain how the ISAM Voice package fits into the ISAM equipment practice,

• Describe the concepts of the ISAM MEGACO and SIP Voice architecture, and

• Describe narrowband line testing.

Course Outline:

Section 1: general

• Course Complete

• Lab Guide Student

• Course Introduction

Section 2: VoIP Overview

• ISAM VoIP Overview

Section 3: VoIP Equipment Practice

• ISAM Voice Equipment practice

Section 4: VoIP Architecture with Megaco

• ISAM VoIP Architecture with Megaco

Section 5: VoIP Architecture with SIP

• ISAM VoIP Architecture with SIP

Section 6: Voice NBLT

• ISAM Voice NBLT

• Demo NBLT via NA

• Demo NBLT via AMS

Page 109: Partner Catalog - Nokia

109

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302-7360 HIGH CAP NT ISAM/5520 AMS BASIC COMMISSIONING

Course Number TAC42047

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 1d

Description This course is intended for people that require knowledge on how to bring up an ISAM via

CLI & perform basic configuration and operation using the AMS.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to :

• Connect the ISAM with CLI and manage configuration, database information as an entry

level operator

• Prepare ISAM for the services in terms of equipment configuration

• Explain and configure iHUB basic functionality in the ISAM using CLI and AMS

• Describe services and traffic segregation on the iHUB

• Explain what a VPN service is

• Give an overview of the supported forwarding models

• Handle the alarm management application

Course Outline:

• CLI Introduction

• IHUB Basic configuration

• IHUB Turn­up

• Equipment configuration

• Fault management

Audience:

This course is intended for people that require knowledge on how to bring up an ISAM &

perform basic configuration and operation of the AMS client. This course does not cover

the configuration of services / forwarding mechanisms in the ISAM.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

The trainee must have completed course TAC42045 prior to entering this course.

Required

Equipment None

Page 110: Partner Catalog - Nokia

110

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302-7330 ISAM DSL BASIC CONFIGURATION

Course Number TAC42048

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 1/2d

Description Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to :

• Understand the concepts of profiles used in the AMS to configure related xDSL lines.

• Configure profiles with baseline parameters.

• Download them to the ISAM.

Basic configurations:

This module focuses specifically on the basic configuration of xDSL lines. We start

provisioning an xDSL line by using xDSL profiles. We explain why these profiles are used

and where to create them (profiles at NE or templates at AMS). Once the line is configured

we might need an ATM termination point before we can set up the interworking function

(bridge port). For VDSL2 ports, there’s no ATM involved, but a bridge port needs to be

configured anyhow. The trainee will understand the different possible ports available in

the ISAM and where to find which kind of information. What is a port status? How is it

represented? How do you influence it? Through dedicated exercises, using AMS and/or

CLI, you will put this all into practice.

Audience:

This is an operator course. Trainees will learn how to perform a basic xDSL configuration

using CLI and AMS.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

The trainee must have a basic knowledge of ADSL and DSL flavours, Ethernet & IP basics,

and have followed course module TAC2046 or TAC2047.

Required

Equipment

None

Page 111: Partner Catalog - Nokia

111

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302-7360 ISAM GPON BASIC CONFIGURATION

Course Number TAC42049

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 1/2d

Description TAC42049 provides a basic understanding of PON technology and the information

needed to complete a basic PON configuration.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Explain which components are used in an optical relay system internal reflection,

transmitter, amplifier, receiver, splitter, ... ,

• Explain the basic properties of a passive optical network (PON),

• Describe the functions of the components present in a PON based

network,

• Describe the different standardizations in GPON and XGPON,

• Know the PON evolution,

• Describe the embedded OTDR,

• Correctly use basic PON terminology,

• Describe the different ways in provisioning an ONT and provision

an ONT,

• Manage the ONT Software.

Course Outline:

• Section 1: Technologies

GPON Technology

• Section 2: NE Operation

GPON Basic Configuration

Audience:

Those who need to understand PON technology and be able to configure PON equipment.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

To receive maximum benefit from this course, the student should have a background

in telecommunications theory, basic equipment maintenance practices, and the use of

personal computers and common test equipment. The student is expected to have

completed TAC42044, TAC42045, and TAC42047. The student could benefit by also

completing TAC60001W, TAC60008W, TAC60018W, and TAC60011W.

Required

Equipment

ISAM equipment and AMS manager

Page 112: Partner Catalog - Nokia

112

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302-7360 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT /5520 AMS – HIGH CAP L2 & PPPOX FORWARDING

Course Number TAC42051

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 2d

Description This is an operator course. Trainees will learn about L2 & PPPoX forwarding for 7302­7330 ISAM

High.Cap. NT ­ 5520 AMS.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Explain Ethernet as a technology and elements of ethernet frames

• Understand VLANs (virtual local area network) and how they are supported by the Ethernet.

• Explain different ways to establish IP connectivity to access the Internet,

• Give an overview of the different forwarding modes that are available,

• Describe and Configure a L2 service onto the ISAM & interconnect of end users to the respective

L2 service for Residential Bridge and the different, Cross Connect modes

• Associate an RB or XC VLAN to a bridge port,

• Explain and enable virtual MAC addresses implementation,

• Describe Enhanced Intelligent Bridging and explain how it differs from plain Layer 2 forwarding,

• Retrieve Enhanced Intelligent Bridging data from the ISAM,

• Configure Enhanced Intelligent Bridging on the ISAM with AMS and CLI,

• Describe the different models for PPP handling in the ISAM,

• Describe and configure mirroring

Course Outline:

• Section 1: Technologies

• L2 Technology

• Layers Intro

• Section 2: NE Operation

• ISAM as a L2/iBridge

• IHUB L2 Forwarding

• Intelligent Brigding IACM

• Enhanced Intelligent Bridging • VMAC

• PPPoX Handling in ISAM

• ISAM as a L2­CC

• Cross Connect IACM

• Section 3: Maintenace IHUB Mirroring

Audience:

This is an operator course. Trainees will learn about L2 & PPPoX forwarding for 7302­7330 ISAM

High.Cap. NT ­ 5520 AMS.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

The trainee must have a basic knowledge of ADSL and DSL flavours; Ethernet & IP basics; and have

completed module TAC42048 or TAC42049.

Page 113: Partner Catalog - Nokia

113

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

Required Equipment ISAM High. Cap. equipment and AMS manager.

COURSE DETAILS

7302-7360 ISAM HIGH. CAP. NT: CONFIGURATION OF QOS, VIDEO (MC) AND VOIP FOR GPON DEPLOYMENTS

Course Number TAC42054

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 2.5d

Description This is an operation course. Trainees will learn how to configure QoS, video and voice for GPON

deployments in the 7302­7360 ISAM.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe the two main video services in Triple Play,

• Describe the network topology for these services,

• Describe the principles of video encoding,

• Describe how multicast fundamentally differs from other routing types, like unicast,

• Explain how we do multicast addressing, both on L3 and L2,

• Describe how IGMP is implemented in IACM and in IHUB,

• Configure the IGMP and multicast configuration in the ISAM,

• Explain the QoS concepts,

• Describe the QoS architecture on ISAM as well as on the IHUB,

• Create, configure, and retrieve QoS session profiles and apply them.

• Explain the properties of the SIP and MEGACO/H248 protocol

• Explain the different models of VoIP support in ISAM/GPON

• Configure a VoIP Service

Course Outline:

• Section 1: Technologies 1

• Video Service Intro

• Multicast Tech

• IGMP Tech

• Section 2: NE Operation IGMP_MC

• IACM IGMP MC

• IHUB IGMP MC

• Section 3: Technologies 2

QoS Tech

• Section 4: NE Operation QoS&VoIP

• IHUB QoS

• IACM GPON QoS

• IACM GPON VoIP­ONT

Audience:

This course is intended for people that require an advanced knowledge about how to

configure Video, QoS and voice for GPON deployments in the ISAM

Page 114: Partner Catalog - Nokia

114

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

The trainee must have completed the TAC42044, TAC42045, TAC42047, and TAC42051

courses.

Required

Equipment

ISAM equipment and AMS manager.

Page 115: Partner Catalog - Nokia

115

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302-7330-7360 ISAM SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT & PERFORMANCE MONITORING WITH 5520 AMS

Course Number TAC42055

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 1d

Description This course covers ISAM software management, Backup & Restore, SYSLOG, protocol tracing,

and performance monitoring using the 5520 AMS.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe how software management is done by the 5520AMS,

• Create an OSWP on 5520AMS,

• Download an OSWP to an NE,

• Overrule SW on a specific LT,

• Activate an OSWP on an ISAM,

• Commit an OSWP on an ISAM,

• Describe how database management is done,

• Retrieve an NE that has an active database container,

• Backup an NE, both direct and scheduled,

• Restore a backup to an NE,

• Activate the PM counters (xDSL PON and others) on an NE,

• Use the most common CLI commands & AMS for the PM,

• Explain the concept of Threshold Crossing Alarms (TCA),

• Explain what a protocol trace is and how to set one up,

• Explain the need for the SYSLOG server to collect tracing information,

• Configure the SYSLOG server and protocol tracing via CLI and AMS.

Course Outline:

Section 1: Maintenance

• NE SW Management

• Backup & Restore

• Performance Monitoring

• Syslog

Audience:

This is an operator course. Trainees will learn about Software Management, Backup & Restore,

Performance Monitoring and Syslog with the 5520 AMS for the ISAM.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

The trainee must have a basic knowledge of ADSL, GPON, DSL flavours and GPON Technology;

Ethernet & IP basics; and have completed modules TAC42049 and TAC42050.

Required

Equipment

ISAM equipment and AMS manager.

Page 116: Partner Catalog - Nokia

116

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302-7360 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT / 5520 AMS L2+ & L3 CONFIGURATIONS

Course Number TAC42057

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 1.5d

Description This is an operation course. Trainees will learn how to configure L3 forwarding on the ISAM. This

course covers Layer 3 technology basics, L3 routing protocols, L3 forwarding, DHCP, IHUB DHCP,

MPLS, and IHUB MPLS.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Explain how an IP Address looks and use IP Subnetting,

• Explain what a typical router does and how IP packets are forwarded by a router,

• Explain in general terms how ICMP and ARP help the IP forwarding process,

• Explain the difference between IGP and EGP,

• Explain the basic operation of RIP and the differences for RIPv2,

• Give a clear overview of the workings of Link State Protocols,

• Explain the use of areas in OSPF and areas in IS­IS,

• Explain the basic mechanisms of BGP: eBGP and iBGP,

• Describe IP routing and explain why IP routing is layer 3 forwarding,

• Retrieve and configure IP routing on the ISAM (with AMS and CLI),

• Describe how the ISAM behaves when it is configured as a DHCP relay agent and when it is

not,

• Describe what MPLS is and why it is needed,

• Configure an MPLS forwarding on an IHUB.

Course Outline:

• Section 1: Technologies 1

• L3 Technology Basics

• L3 Technology Routing Protocols

• DHCP Tech

• Section 2: NE Operation L3

• L3 Forwarding

• IHUB DHCP Relaying

• Section 3: Technologies 2 MPLS Technology

• Section 4: NE Operation MPLS IHUB MPLS Configuration

Audience:

This course is intended for people that need to understand L2 & L3 routing and be able

to configure L3 and MPLS forwarding on an ISAM with IHUB.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

The trainee must have completed the TAC42044, TAC42045, TAC42047, and TAC42051 courses.

Required Equipment ISAM equipment and AMS manager.

Page 117: Partner Catalog - Nokia

117

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302-7360 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT / 5520 AMS REDUNDANCY CONFIGURATIONS

Course Number TAC42059

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 1/2d

Description This is an operator course. Trainees will learn about Redundancy Configurations for

7302­7330 ISAM High.Cap. NTs ­ 5520 AMS.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (STP),

• Describe Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP),

• Describe Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP),

• Describe the most important xSTP parameters,

• Describe and configure Link Aggregation (LAG),

• Describe and compare the different scenarios for access resiliency (NT redundancy),

• Configure NT protection.

Course Outline:

• Section 1: Technologies

STP RSTP MSTP Tech

• Section 2: NE Operation

IHUB RSTP LAG NT Redundancy

Audience:

This is an operator course. Trainees will learn about Redundancy Configurations for

7302­7330 ISAM High.Cap. NT ­ 5520 AMS.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

The trainee must have a basic knowledge of ADSL and DSL flavours; Ethernet & IP basics;

and have completed module TAC42051.

Required

Equipment

ISAM equipment and AMS manager.

Page 118: Partner Catalog - Nokia

118

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302-7330-735X ISAM XDSL ADVANCED CONFIGURATIONS

Course Number TAC42060

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 1d

Description This is an operation course. Trainees will learn advanced xDSL concepts and how to

configure (applying them) an xDSL line on the 7302­7330­735x ISAM using the AMS and

CLIs commands.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to :

• Describe QAM and DMT

• Describe the different ADSL flavours

• Describe what is to be configured in the service and spectrum line profiles

• Compare the different rate adaptation modes

• Describe impulse noise protection and explain how it depends on D, S, R, N

• Describe which parameters influence the delay

• Explain how the different noise margins are used

• Describe the power back­off mechanisms (UPBO & DPBO)

• Describe how artificial noise can be used to stabilize ADSL, ADSL2 and ADSL2+ lines

• Configure the different XDSL profiles and apply them to a port

• Explain why vectoring is needed, how G.vector improves your current network

• Describe the G.inp concepts

Course Outline: XDSL Configuration

Audience:

This course is intended for people that require an advanced knowledge on how to

configure an XDSL line on the 7302­7330­735x ISAM via the AMS and CLI.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

The trainee must have a basic knowledge of xDSL flavours, Ethernet & IP basics, and have

completed module TAC42050.

Required

Equipment

None

Page 119: Partner Catalog - Nokia

119

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302-7330-7360 ISAM PON ADVANCED FEATURES

Course Number TAC42061

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 2d

Description Overall Description:

TAC42061 explains the PON evolution, from the NGPON1 to the NGPON2 and XGS-

PON. It also describes the PON Redundancy and the ToD (IEEE1588) and how to

configure each one. Last, the embedded OTDR and its graphs are also explained and

lastly, it describes how to troubleshoot the PON.

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

• Describe NG-PON1(XG-PON1&2), NG-PON2 and XGS-PON.

• Describe PON Redundancy.

• Configure PON Redundancy.

• Describe ToD (IEEE1588) for Mobile Backhauling.

• Configure ToD (IEEE1588) for Mobile Backhauling.

• Describe the embedded OTDR and its graphs.

• Describe how to troubleshoot the PON.

Course Outline:

Section 1: Technology

• PON Evolution

Section 2: Operation

• PON Reduncancy Configuration

• ToD IEEE1588 Configuration

Section 3: Theory

• Embedded OTDR

Section 4: Maintenance

• PON Troubleshooting

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 120: Partner Catalog - Nokia

120

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7360 ISAM EPON DPOE BASIC CONFIGURATION

Course Number TAC42068

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 2d

Description Overall Description:

This course explains how DPoE can be configured on the 7360 ISAM.

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

• Describe the DPoE Architecture

• Describe the DPoE Provisioning process flow

• Configure SNMP, CMTS events and trap management

• Identify DPoE related show and troubleshooting commands

• Identify DPoE Service Provisioning commands

• Identify features released from R5.0 onwards

Course Outline:

DPoE Basic Configuration

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 121: Partner Catalog - Nokia

121

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

ISAM DELTA HIGH CAP. NT TO STD. NT BASIC COMMISSIONING

Course Number TAC42070

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 1/2d

Description This course is designed for students that have completed TAC42047 7302­7360 High

Cap. NT ISAM/5520 AMS – Basic Commissioning and now need to be able to commission

Std. Cap NT shelves.

Course Objectives:

• Explain and configure Service HUB basic functionality in the ISAM using CLI and AMS.

• Describe services and traffic segregation on SHUB

• Configure and turn­up a new ISAM

• Configure the ISAM’s IP­address

• Configure the network port and management VLAN

• Set­up the SNMP management between 5520AMS and ISAM

• SHUB Basic Configuration

• SHUB Turn­up Procedure

Course Outline:

• SHUB Basic Configuration

• SHUB Turn-up Procedure

Audience:

Personnel that are responsible for commissioning equipment, Nokia Engineers, or

Business Partners.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

To receive maximum benefit from this course, the student should have a background in

telecommunications theory and the use of personal computers. The student should

have also completed TAC42047 7302­7360 High Cap. NT ISAM/5520 AMS ­ Basic

Commissioning.

Required

Equipment

None

Page 122: Partner Catalog - Nokia

122

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302-7360 ISAM NELT P2P ETH. QOS

Course Number TAC42079

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 1d

Description This course provides an overview of configuring the NELT­B equipment, NT, and LT.

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

• Explain how to configure NELT­B Ethernet P2P using CLI and AMS.

• Describe the interfaces for UNI and NNI ports.

Course Content:

Ethernet Basic Configuration.

Audience:

The target audience is operators that need to know elementary concepts of NELT­B P2P

technology in order to configure NELT­B equipment.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

The trainee must have knowledge of telecommunications in general, and Ethernet in

particular.

Required

Equipment

None

Page 123: Partner Catalog - Nokia

123

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7330 ANSI XD HARDWARE OVERVIEW

Course Number TAC42083W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 45min

Description This hardware overview course describes the 7330 ISAM FTTN XD product and identifies

its shelf types, NT types and LT types.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 124: Partner Catalog - Nokia

124

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

INTRODUCTION TO EPON AND DPOE

Course Number TAC42084W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 15min

Description Overall Description:

This WBT gives an overview of the EPON technology and how it is used in a DPoE

environment.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe basic PON terminology

• Explain the basic properties of a passive optical network

• Describe EPON Network topologies.

• Explain what DPoE is.

Course Outline:

Section: Introduction to EPON and DPoE

• Introduction to EPON and DPoE

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 125: Partner Catalog - Nokia

125

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

EPON TECHNOLOGY OVERVIEW

Course Number TAC42085W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 45min

Description Overall Description:

This WBT gives an overview of the EPON technology.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe where EPON fit in the marketplace

• Describe EPON fundamentals

• Describe EPON Network topologies.

• Describe EPON Technology

• Describe EPON evolution

Course Outline:

Section: EPON Technology

• EPON technology

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 126: Partner Catalog - Nokia

126

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

DPOE TECHNOLOGY OVERVIEW

Course Number TAC42086W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 15min

Description Overall Description:

This WBT gives an overview of the DPoE technology.

Course Objectives

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Explain what DPoE is

• Describe the IP High speed data service model

• Describe the MEF service model

• Describe the additional features from EPON for DPoE

Course Outline:

Section: DPoE Technology

• DPoE technology overivew

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 127: Partner Catalog - Nokia

127

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

INTRODUCTION TO VDSL2 VECTORING

Course Number TAC42087W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 1h

Description Overall Description:

Vectoring is used to cancel the cross­talk we encounter in our copper bundle. On vectored

lines we have a +/­ 90% gain in speed on our VDSL2 lines. This WBT is discussing the

Vectoring concept in our VDSL2 network.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, you will able to describe:

• What is crosstalk?

• Why do we need vectoring?

• What is vectoring?

• How is vectoring implemented?

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 128: Partner Catalog - Nokia

128

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

INTRODUCTION TO IPV6 IN FIXED ULTRA-BROADBAND ACCESS

Course Number TAC42098W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 45min

Description Overall Description:

The training describes the features of IPv6 and its characteristics. You’ll be able to explain

how we got from IPv4 to IPv6 and the implementation of IPv6 in the ISAM family.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 129: Partner Catalog - Nokia

129

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

INTRODUCTION TO FAST

Course Number TAC42099W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 45min

Description Overall Description:

This course introduces you to the basics of the FAST technology, its use-cases and its

implementation on the Broadband Access Portfolio.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Explain what FAST is,

• Explain why we need FAST,

• Explain what is happening in standardizing G.fast

• Describe use-cases for FAST.

• Explain how FAST is deployed.

Course Outline:

Section 1: Main

• Introduction to FAST

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 130: Partner Catalog - Nokia

130

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NG-PON2 AN INTRODUCTION

Course Number TAC42102W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 45min

Description Overall Description:

This WBT provides an introduction of NG-PON2 and XGS-PON.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Explain why we need NG-PON2 and XGS-PON,

• Understand the basics of NG-PON2 and XGS-PON,

• Know what is being standardized in NG-PON2 and XGS-PON,

• Describe how NG-PON2 and XGS-PON will be used using Nokia's portfolio,

• How to deploy NG-PON2 and XGS-PON using Nokia’s portfolio.

Course Outline:

Section 1: PON

• NG-PON Introduction

Section : END OF COURSEWARE DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION (MAXIMUM 50 modules)

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 131: Partner Catalog - Nokia

131

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

5529 SDC OVERVIEW

Course Number TAC42103W

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

This 30 minute WBT is designed for those that need know the features and characteristics

of the 5529 SDC and those who need to be introduced in the platform and dimensioning

of the 5529 SDC.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe the features and characteristics of the 5529 SDC,

• Identify use cases for the 5529 SDC,

• Explain the platform of the 5529 SDC,

• Define the dimensioning of the 5529 SDC.

Audience:

Nokia Engineers or Nokia Channel Partners

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 132: Partner Catalog - Nokia

132

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

POL HW CONFIGURATION

Course Number TAC42112

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 1/2d

Description Overall Description:

This course explains the first steps to put an OLT in service. It covers CLI basics, OLT

turnup, basic equipment configuration and basic fault management.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Connect to the OLT with CLI, understand how to use CLI and manage the

configuration, database information as an entry level operator

• Describe the IHUB concepts, explain what a VPN service is, explain what kind of services

are supported by the IHUB and describe the supported forwarding models

• Turn-up a new OLT: configure the OLT IP-address, the network port, management

VLAN and interface, and the SNMP management between 5571 PCC and OLT

• Configure cards in the OLT with CLI or 5571 PCC

• Understand how to use the 5571 PCC to view alarms

Course Outline:

Section : General

• Course Complete

• Lab Access Document

• Course Introduction

Section 1: Configuration

• POL HW Configuration

Exam Online in NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

POL 7360 ISAM OLT + 5571 PCC training setup

Page 133: Partner Catalog - Nokia

133

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7360 ISAM POL BASIC GPON CONFIGURATION

Course Number TAC42113

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 1/2d

Description Overall Description:

This course explains the basic configuration of a PON port. How can the operator bring

an ONT online by using the 5571 PCC? Explanation of extra features such as ONT

Friendly Name and ONT Replacement.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Provision an ONT with the 5571 POL Command Center

• Upgrade ONT software with the PCC

• Configure ONT Friendly Names

• Configure PON Port Protection

• Understand how to do ONT Replacement

Course Outline:

Section: General

• Course Complete

• Lab Access Document

• Course Introduction

Section 1: Configuration

• POL Basic GPON Configuration

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

POL 7360 ISAM OLT + 7368 ISAM ONT + 5571 PCC training setup

Page 134: Partner Catalog - Nokia

134

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7360 ISAM POL L2 SERVICE CONFIGURATIONS

Course Number TAC42114

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 2d

Description Overall Description:

This course explains the Layer 2 Service Configurations with the POL Command Center. It

gives a basic explanation of GPON Quality of Service, and extensive background

information on IHUB L2 forwarding and on the IACM residential bridge and cross connect

VLANs.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Configure and use Services on the 5571 POL Command Center

• Describe Basic GPON QoS

• Explain OLT as a L2-iBridge, and Intelligent Bridging in the IACM

• Understand IHUB L2 Forwarding

• Explain OLT as a L2 Cross connect, and Cross connect IACM

Course Outline:

Section: General

• Course Complete

• Lab Access Document

• Course Introduction

Section 1: Configuration

• POL L2 Service Configurations

• POL L2 Background Information

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

POL 7360 ISAM OLT + 7368 ISAM ONT + 5571 PCC training setup

Page 135: Partner Catalog - Nokia

135

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7360 ISAM POL TROUBLESHOOTING

Course Number TAC42115

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 1d

Description Overall Description:

This course explains troubleshooting possibilities on the 7360 OLT by use of 5571 PCC

and CLI.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Use the 5571 POL Command Center troubleshooting section

• Understand where to find alarms in the 5571 POL Command Center

• Understand and configure mirroring

• Describe and configure syslog

• Explain and use several troubleshooting commands with CLI

• Understand OLT database backup and restore

Course Outline:

Section: General

• Course Complete

• Lab Access Document

• Course Introduction

Section 1: Configuration

• POL Troubleshooting

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

Page 136: Partner Catalog - Nokia

136

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7360 ISAM POL ADVANCED CONFIGURATIONS

Course Number TAC42116

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 1d

Description Overall Description:

This course explains some more advanced features of the OLT like NT redundancy, load

sharing and STP. There is an explanation on the underlying CLI configuration that is

created when services are created through the 5571 PCC. Furthermore there is an

optional part on Quality of Service in the 7360 OLT.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe NT redundancy and load-sharing

• Explain STP

• Understand the CLI configurations created by the 5571 PCC

• Optional: Understand QoS on IACM (GPON) and on FANT-F

Course Outline:

Section : General

• Course Complete

• Lab Access Document

• Course Introduction

Section 1: Configuration

• POL Advanced Configurations

• POL North Bound Interfaces

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

POL 7360 ISAM OLT + 7368 ISAM ONT + 5571 PCC training setup

Page 137: Partner Catalog - Nokia

137

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

FAST EXPERT WORKSHOP

Course Number TAC42120

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 2d

Description Overall Description:

Interactive group training session with guided & self­guided hands­on requiring much

involvement of the attendees for sharing their different experiences on the topic. We aim

at providing more in depth knowledge, gaining new ideas and practice on field usable

scenarios of the new “Fast Access to Subscriber Terminals” access technology.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Have an in depth understanding of the FAST technology as defined in G.9700, G.9701

and G.997.2

• Understand different use cases for FAST use and deployment

• Describe the equipment used to deploy FAST

• Explain the different configurable and operations parameters for FAST

• Configure and manage FAST

Course Outline:

Section 1: FAST

• Introduction

• Advanced

• Products

• Configuration

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 138: Partner Catalog - Nokia

138

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

GPON EVOLUTION IN ACCESS TECHNOLOGY INTRODUCTION

Course Number TAC60001W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 45min

Description Overall Description:

This 45 minutes WBT is designed for those that need to understand how the GPON is used

in Access Networks and those who need to be introduced to GPON technology.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, you will become familiar with:

• Describe the (optical) components are used in a GPON (Gigabit Passive Optical Network)

• Describe the layout of a GPON, and summarize its characteristics

• Summarize the properties of a GPON system.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 139: Partner Catalog - Nokia

139

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

DSL IN ACCESS NETWORKS TECHNOLOGY INTRODUCTION

Course Number TAC60002W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30 min

Description Overall Description:

This WBT introduces you to the basics of digital subscriber line technology as it is

used in broadband access network.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe what Digital Subscriber Line is

• Understand the main DSL features

• Describe the DSL technology evolution

Course Outline:

• TAC60002W V3.0 Ed2 DSL in Access Networks intro

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 140: Partner Catalog - Nokia

140

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

ISAM IN NETWORKING AND THE EVOLUTION OF ACCESS INFRASTRUCTURE

Course Number TAC60003W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 45min

Description Overall Description:

This WBT provides an introduction to high speed broadband access. It explains the need

for high-speed broadband access networks, gives an overview of the evolution of fixed

broadband access to such networks and, highlights the role of ISAM in the evolution of

copper, fiber, and cable access networks.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Explain the need for high speed broadband access network,

• Explain the evolution of fixed access to support high speed broadband,

• Explain the role of ISAM in the evolution of copper, fiber, and cable access networks.

Course Outline:

Section 1: general

• Networking and the Evolution of Access Infrastructure

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 141: Partner Catalog - Nokia

141

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

VOIP & PROTOCOLS OVERVIEW

Course Number TAC60004W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 1h

Description Overall Description:

This WBT is designed for those that need to understand the basics of VoIP and the

protocols and platform used in VoIP.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, you will be able to:

• Explain how VoIP is transmitted,

• Distinguish between MEGACO and SIP protocols,

• Identify the main key components in an IMS platform,

• Describe the VoIP architecture.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 142: Partner Catalog - Nokia

142

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

MULTICAST AND IGMP BASICS

Course Number TAC60006W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

This WBT is designed for those that need to understand the basics of Multicast

Technology (MC) and IGMP.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Understand the need for Multicast,

• Describe the methods of Data Delivery (Unicast, Broadcast and Multicast),

• Describe the mapping IP Multicast to MAC,

• Explain what IGMP is used for,

• Describe the different IGMP versions,

• Differentiate between IGMP snooping and proxy.

Course Outline:

Section 1: Technologies

• Multicast and IGMP Basics

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 143: Partner Catalog - Nokia

143

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

QOS BASICS

Course Number TAC60007W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

This 30 minute WBT is designed for those that need to understand the basics of Quality

of Service (QOS).

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe what Quality of Service (QoS) is and why it's needed,

• Explain the process steps of QoS (Classification, Marking, CAC, Policing,

Mapping and Queuing, Scheduling and Shaping).

Audience:

Nokia Engineers or Business Partners

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 144: Partner Catalog - Nokia

144

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

GPON FIBER PRINCIPLES

Course Number TAC60008W

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 45min

Description This course will explain the basic fundamentals in using fiber as a transmission media

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Understand how fiber works; reflection, refraction, what is it made of,

• Identify the different fiber types, connectors and lambdas used,

• Explain the different components used in fiber transmission.

Audience: Any audience

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 145: Partner Catalog - Nokia

145

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

5520 AMS DESCRIPTION

Course Number TAC60009W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 45min

Description Overall Description:

This 45 minutes WBT is designed for those that need an introduction to AMS. What is,

positioning in the network, connectivity to managed Network Elements and modular

architecture.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, you will become familiar with:

• Describe the features and characteristics of the 5520 AMS

• Explain features of the 5520 AMS GUI (Graphical User Interface)

• Define the 5520 AMS Network Configuration

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 146: Partner Catalog - Nokia

146

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

GETTING STARTED WITH 5520 AMS

Course Number TAC60010W

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 30min

Description This 30 minutes WBT is designed for those that need to work AMS. The module introduces

the graphical interface and basic operational tasks.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Explain and run the steps needed for installation.

• Navigate through the GUI.

• Bring an ISAM under AMS management.

Course Outline:

Section 1: Getting started with 5520 AMS

• Getting started with 5520 AMS

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 147: Partner Catalog - Nokia

147

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

STP RSTP MSTP PROTOCOL INTRODUCTION

Course Number TAC60012W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

This 30-minute WBT will explain the basic fundamentals in the STP RSTP and MSTP

protocols.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe the STP concepts such as Bridge Ids, Root Selection, Port States,

• Describe the RSTP concepts such as the Port States and Topology change

behavior,

• Describe the MSTP concepts such as VLAN instances and Regions.

Audience:

Nokia Engineers or Business Partners

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 148: Partner Catalog - Nokia

148

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

ISAM FD EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW

Course Number TAC60013W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

This 75 minute WBT will give an introduction of the product ISAM FD with its type of

boards.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, you will become familiar with:

• Describe an FD product overview

• Describe and list its shelf types,

• Describe and list its NT types,

• Describe and list its NT Input/output types,

• Describe and list its LT types,

• Describe and list its Splitter types,

• Describe its Voice Server,

• Describe the NT redundancy and the Load Sharing,

• Describe the LAG (Link Aggregation Group) in the ISAM FD,

• Describe the STP, RSTP, MSTP and MC­Ring in the ISAM FD,

• Resiliency based in MPLS

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 149: Partner Catalog - Nokia

149

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

DSL FEATURES AND CONCEPTS

Course Number TAC60014W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 45min

Description Overall Description:

Explains the different DSL flavors, their main features and the concepts behind them.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• List the DSL standards,

• Describe the DSL flavors,

• Explain their main features, and

• Understand their differences

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 150: Partner Catalog - Nokia

150

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

DSL MODULATION TECHNOLOGY

Course Number TAC60015W

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 30min

Description This 30-minute WBT is designed for those that need to understand DSL modulation

technology.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe the theoretical and physical restrictions of DSL.

• Explain DSL modulation.

• Describe Bit Swapping.

Audience: Any audience

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 151: Partner Catalog - Nokia

151

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

ISAM FX EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW

Course Number TAC60016W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

This 30-minute WBT provides an introduction of the ISAM FX product line and boards.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, you will become familiar with:

• Describe the FX product.

• Describe and list the FX shelf types.

• Describe and list the FX NT type.

• Describe and list the FX NT Input/output type.

• Describe and list the FX LT types,

• Describe the NT redundancy and Load Sharing.

• Describe the LAG (Link Aggregation Group) in the ISAM FX,

• Describe the STP, RSTP, MSTP and MC­Ring in the ISAM FX,

• Describe Resiliency based on MPLS.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 152: Partner Catalog - Nokia

152

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

LACP & LAG EXPLAINED

Course Number TAC60017W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 15min

Description Overall Description:

This 15-minute WBT will explain what the link aggregation is and how it has to be

configured.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe a link aggregation,

• Configure a LAG.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 153: Partner Catalog - Nokia

153

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

FIBRE ACCESS FEATURE AND CONCEPTS

Course Number TAC60018W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

This 1/2h course explains the (optical) components used in a GPON (Gigabit Passive

Optical Network). It also describes the layout of a GPON and summarize its

characteristics. The focus is on fiber technology and the evolution of the passive optical

networks.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe the concepts of fiber access

• Understand the GPON transmission technology and physical layer

• Understand the evolution of the standards for GPON

• Understand the GPON supervision and troubleshooting options

Content:

Section 1: Features and concepts

GPON Fiber access features and concepts

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 154: Partner Catalog - Nokia

154

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

HOME DEVICES OVERVIEW

Course Number TAC60019W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

This 30-minute WBT will explain the different types of ONTs and CPEs available.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe the different home devices

• Know the possible interfaces for WAN and LAN

• Know the different functions and their implementations

• Understand the naming convention

• Understand the management options

Course Outline:

Section 1: general

• Home Devices overview

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 155: Partner Catalog - Nokia

155

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

ISAM MICRO-NODES EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW

Course Number TAC60020W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 45min

Description Overall Description:

This 35-minute will explain the different types of micro-nodes.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Provide an overview of the different options for remote deployment

• Explain the characteristics of 7353 ISAM FTTB ONU and 7353 CX

• Explain the characteristics of 7356 ISAM FTTB

• Explain the characteristics of 7362 ISAM DF

• Explain the characteristics of 7363 ISAM MX-6

• Explain the characteristics of 7367 ISAM family

• Explain the characteristics of the Lightspan family

• Explain MC2 customization

Course Outline:

Section 1: general

• ISAM Micro-nodes Equipment Overview

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 156: Partner Catalog - Nokia

156

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

OVERVIEW OF THE ISAM FAMILY, REMOTES & ONT’S

Course Number TAC60021W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 1h

Description Overall Description:

This WBT gives an introduction of the ISAMs, micro-nodes, ONTs, and CPEs available in

Nokia.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Fit ISAM solutions into operators’ network and service evolution,

• Identify ISAM Central Office, Micro-Nodes, ONT and CPEs,

• Understand how ISAM helps operators address their challenges,

• Describe ISAM solutions and the context in which they are more suitable.

Course Outline:

• Overview of the ISAM family Remotes and ONTs

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 157: Partner Catalog - Nokia

157

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

FBA ELEMENT MANAGEMENT INTRODUCTION

Course Number TAC60022W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 45min

Description Overall Description:

Introduction to the element management solution of the Fixed Networks broadband

access portfolio.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe and position the 5520 AMS,

• Describe and position the 5529 Enhanced Applications,

• Describe and position the Motive Network Analyzer and,

• Describe and position the POL Command Center.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 158: Partner Catalog - Nokia

158

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302-7330 AND 7360 ISAM CAPABILITIES

Course Number TAC60031

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 5d

Description Overall Description:

The focus of this course is to explain the capabilities of the ISAM, it's features and

functions, not the configuration part. Configuration part is covered in other courses.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe the impact of a converged network on a typical data network

• Explain why we need the ISAM

• Describe the architecture of the ISAM FD Family

• Describe the ISAM family

• Provide an overview of the different options for remote deployment

• Describe the ISAM FX family

• Describe the value of the ISAM product family

• Describe the ISAM concepts - Physical layer – DSL – PON, forwarding models, video

capabilities, secure forwarding, SHUB, IHUB,QoS, PPP, DHCP.

• Describe the ISAM functions of:Software management,Fault management,Backup and

restore.

Course Outline:

Section 1: General

• Course Complete

• Lab Access Document

• Course Introduction

Section 2: Forwarding

• Layers Intro

• L2 Forwarding Intelligent Bridging

• Intelligent Bridging IACM

• L2 Forwarding Cross Connect

• Cross Connect IACM

• vMAC MAC and concepts

• Enhanced Intelligent Bridging

• PPPoX Handling In ISAM

• DHCP Features

• Std NT SHUB features

• HighCap NT IHUB features

• SHUB L2 Forwarding

Page 159: Partner Catalog - Nokia

159

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Page 160: Partner Catalog - Nokia

160

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302-7330 AND 7360 ISAM CAPABILITIES

Course Number TAC60031

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 5d

Description Overall Description:

The focus of this course is to explain the capabilities of the ISAM, it's features and

functions, not the configuration part. Configuration part is covered in other courses.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe the impact of a converged network on a typical data network

• Explain why we need the ISAM

• Describe the architecture of the ISAM FD Family

• Describe the ISAM family

• Provide an overview of the different options for remote deployment

• Describe the ISAM FX family

• Describe the value of the ISAM product family

• Describe the ISAM concepts - Physical layer – DSL – PON, forwarding models, video

capabilities, secure forwarding, SHUB, IHUB,QoS, PPP, DHCP.

• Describe the ISAM functions of:Software management,Fault management,Backup and

restore.

Course Outline:

Section 1: General

• Course Complete

• Lab Access Document

• Course Introduction

Section 2: Forwarding

• Layers Intro

• L2 Forwarding Intelligent Bridging

• Intelligent Bridging IACM

• L2 Forwarding Cross Connect

• Cross Connect IACM

• vMAC MAC and concepts

• Enhanced Intelligent Bridging

• PPPoX Handling In ISAM

• DHCP Features

• Std NT SHUB features

• HighCap NT IHUB features

• SHUB L2 Forwarding

Page 161: Partner Catalog - Nokia

161

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

COURSE DETAILS

7302-7330 AND 7360 ISAM CAPABILITIES - CONTINUED

Course Number TAC60031W (cont’d)

Description Section 2: Forwarding (cont’d)

• IHUB L2 Forwarding

• SHUB DHCP Relaying

• IHUB DHCP Relaying

Section 3: Routing

• IPV4 and V6 overview

• Routing protocols overview

• L3 Forwarding Std NT

• L3 Forwarding High Cap NT

Section 4: Video

• What is IGMP

• What is multicast

• IACM IGMP MC

• SHUB IGMP MC

• IHUB IGMP MC

Section 5: QoS

• QoS Basics

• QoS Concepts and GPON Implementation

• ACL sessions and filters

• 3color2rate

Section 6: ISAM redundancy

• ISAM redundancy

Section 7: Management

• CLI and TL1 for ISAM

• Inband and outband management

• SNMP concepts and implementation

• AMS and Enhanced Management Suite

• Netconf

• ISAM and ONT software management

Page 162: Partner Catalog - Nokia

162

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

COURSE DETAILS

IP / ETHERNET DEMYSTIFICATION PART 1

Course Number TAC60032W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 4h

Description Overall Description:

This 4-hour WBT will present the IP/Ethernet Demystification Part 1.

Course Objectives:

In this course module, you will learn:

The overview of Layers and Protocols Stacks

• the different kind of networks

• the basic principles of data communication between hosts

• the high level "why" and "how" of layers and protocols

• the importance of addressing on different layers

• different ways to interconnect networks

The overview of Ethernet

• the high level "Why" and "What" of Ethernet

• where Ethernet is positioned in the TCP/IP protocol stack

• the basic concepts of Ethernet

• VLAN technology

The overview of TCP/IP Reference Model

• Identify the different layers in the TCP/IP protocol stack

• Learn the how and the what about the main protocols. Protocols being discussed are:IP

The overview of Networking

• The devices typically used when interconnecting networks

• The how and the why of bridging and routing

• The basics of loop avoidance within the LAN

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Page 163: Partner Catalog - Nokia

163

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

Required

Equipment

None

Page 164: Partner Catalog - Nokia

164

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

IP / ETHERNET DEMYSTIFICATION PART 2

Course Number TAC60033W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 2h

Description Overall Description:

This WBT will present the IP/Ethernet Demystification Part 2.

Course Objectives:

In this course module, you will learn: Connecting your Client

• Learn what are the requirements for an end­user to be able to connect to the Internet

• Learn about the 2 main protocols that enables end­users to retrieve IP connectivity

information

PPP ­ Point to Point Protocol

DHCP ­ Dynamic Host Control Protocol

Course Outline: Introduction to DNS & NAT

DNS: Domain Name System understand why DNS is needed, be able to explain how DNS

works

• NAT: Network Address Translation understand what NAT/PAT is be able to explain it's

advantages and explain how NAT/PAT works

Introduction to MPLS

• about the drivers of MPLS

• how to get acquainted with some basic principles of MPLS

• to understand the benefits that MPLS can offer

Introduction to VPNs

• about the what and the why of VPNs

• the general architecture and topologies used in VPNs

• the different VPN services deliverable over an IP/MPLS network

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 165: Partner Catalog - Nokia

165

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7360 PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN SOLUTION INTRODUCTION

Course Number TAC60042W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

The course provides an introduction to the Passive Optical LAN Solution. It describes what

the Passive Optical LAN (POL) is, why it is needed, what the typical deployments are, and

explains the Nokia Solution for POL.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Explain what POL is

• Understand why it is needed

• Understand the POL benefits, understand the differences with the traditional copper

based LAN

• Explain the Nokia POL solution

• Learn about typical deployments

Course Outline:

Section 1: Product Overview

• Passive optical LAN Solution introduction

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 166: Partner Catalog - Nokia

166

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

ISAM GENERIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Course Number TAC60043W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 45min

Description Overall Description:

This course is designed for those that need to understand the ISAM in networking

and the Evolution of Access Infrastructure.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, you will become familiar with:

• Describe ISAM in the access network

• Explain the interfaces supported by ISAM for different services,

• Explain failure protection and redundancy in ISAM,

• List the management interfaces supported in ISAM.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 167: Partner Catalog - Nokia

167

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

INTRODUCTION TO PRECISION TIME PROTOCOL WITH TOD

Course Number TAC60045W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description This course provides an overview of Precision Time Protocol with Time of Day,

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

The trainee must have knowledge of telecommunications in general, and Ethernet in

particular.

Required

Equipment

None

Page 168: Partner Catalog - Nokia

168

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

5571 POL COMMAND CENTER INTRODUCTION

Course Number TAC60047W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

This WBT provides an introduction to the 5571 POL Command Center.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Be informed on the 5571 PCC Installation

• Have learned about GUI access and PCC basics

• Have learned how to discover the OLT

• Understand how to create and apply services

• Understand ONT management

• Be able to describe where to find alarms

• Be informed on troubleshooting possibilities using the PCC

Course Outline:

Section 1: Description

• 5571 POL Command Center Introduction

Exam Online in the NLDH

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 169: Partner Catalog - Nokia

169

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN SYSTEM OVERVIEW AND ARCHITECTURE

Course Number TAC60048W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

This WBT provides an overview of the OLT and ONT hardware, its building blocks,

Architecture & applications

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Understand the OLT system

• Describe ONT naming and specs

• Describe redundancy and link aggregation

Course Outline:

Section 1: Description

• Passive Optical LAN System Overview and Architecture

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 170: Partner Catalog - Nokia

170

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

POL FIBER CONCEPTS AND PRINCIPLES

Course Number TAC60049W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 45min

Description Overall Description:

This course provides an overview of the GPON fundamentals, basics and principles.

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to understand the GPON fundamentals,

basics and principles of fiber deployment.

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 171: Partner Catalog - Nokia

171

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

ISAM POL HW INSTALLATION

Course Number TAC60050W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 45min

Description Overall Description:

This course is intended for people that need to understand how to install ISAM

hardware.

Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

• Describe how to install ISAM Hardware.

• Install the 7360 FX­4

• Install the 7360 FX­8

Course Outline:

• System and Power Specifications

• Shelf Mounting

• Mounting the Fan Unit

• Power Ground and Alarm Cabling

• Installing Boards

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 172: Partner Catalog - Nokia

172

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

5529 INVENTORY DATA MANAGER (IDM) ADMINISTRATION

Course Number TAC60052W

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

The WBT explains the tasks required to administer the IDM application and the IDM’s

northbound interface.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe Northbound Interface OSS integration

• Describe the JMS Notification OSS integration

• Describe the IDM settings and access

Course Outline:

Section 1: 5529 IDM Administration

• 5529 IDM Administration

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 173: Partner Catalog - Nokia

173

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

5529 SDC ADMINISTRATION

Course Number TAC60054W

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

The WBT explains the tasks to administer the SDC application.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe the SDC perspective

• Describe the SDC settings

Course Outline:

Section1: 5529 SDC Administration

• 5529 SDC Administration

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 174: Partner Catalog - Nokia

174

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

5529 ACCESS PROVISIONING CENTER (APC) ADMINISTRATION

Course Number TAC60055W

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 45min

Description Overall Description:

The WBT explains the tasks required to administer the APC application.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe service provisioning

• Describe the log files

• Understand the system settings

• Explain performance monitoring

Course Outline:

Section 1: 5529 Access Provisioning Center (APC) Administration

• 5529 Access Provisioning Center (APC) Administration

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 175: Partner Catalog - Nokia

175

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

FIXED ULTRA-BROADBAND MARKET AND TECHNOLOGY TRENDS

Course Number TAC60056W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30 min

Description Overall Description:

This course is intended for Partner employees that sell Fixed Ultra­Broadband Access

Networking Products. It provides an overview of the various markets addressed, an

introduction to the Fixed Ultra­Broadband Access portfolio of solutions and products and

guidance on how to position these solutions in the target markets.

Course Objectives:

By the end of this training package, participants will be able to:

• Understand the drivers for fixed access networks deployments

• Be familiar with fixed access market trends and technology evolution

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 176: Partner Catalog - Nokia

176

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

MARKET OVERVIEW: PASSIVE OPTICAL LAN FOR ENTERPRISE, INDUSTRY AND PUBLIC SECTOR

Course Number TAC60057W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description Course Objectives:

By the end of this course, participants will be able to:

• Describe the Passive Optical LAN solution, what are its benefits or why it is needed.

• Describe the Nokia Passive Optical LAN solution

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment None

Page 177: Partner Catalog - Nokia

177

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

FIXED ULTRA-BROADBAND ACCESS SALES RESOURCES

Course Number TAC60058W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 15min

Description Overall Description:

This course package is intended for Partner employees that sell Fixed Ultra­Broadband

Access Networking Products. It provides an overview of the various markets addressed, an

introduction to the Fixed Ultra­Broadband Access portfolio of solutions and products and

guidance on how to position these solutions in the target markets.

Course Objectives:

By the end of this training package, participants will be able to:

• Identify the different ISAM types, including the different Remotes and the different

ONT types

• Understand that these sales resources are available in various media formats

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 178: Partner Catalog - Nokia

178

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

ANSI CONFIGURATION TOOL

Course Number TAC60059W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

Describes the use of the quoting tool for partners

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 179: Partner Catalog - Nokia

179

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

ETSI CONFIGURATION TOOL

Course Number ­

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

Describes the use of the quoting tool for partners

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 180: Partner Catalog - Nokia

180

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

VITALSUITE SALES - PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT AND THE MARKET

Course Number TAP00004W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 50min

Description Overall Description:

This course covers performance management, the market size, requirements and

challenges and lastly discusses customer case studies.

Course Objectives:

This course explains:

• The application and network performance management process

• The market needs for application and network performance management

• Customer case studies that show the value of VitalSuite

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 181: Partner Catalog - Nokia

181

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

VITALSUITE SALES - UNDERSTANDING THE MARKET

Course Number TAP00005W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 52min

Description Overall Description:

This course covers the VitalSuite target industries, companies, employee Avatars. It lists

our customer’s biggest problems, and describes customer buyer behaviors.

Course Objectives: This course lists

• The VitalSuite target industries and employee personas

• Customer problems that VitalSuite solves

• How buyers make decisions and what is important to them

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 182: Partner Catalog - Nokia

182

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

VITALSUITE SALES – SELLING THE VITALSUITE SOLUTION

Course Number TAP00006W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 44min

Description Overall Description:

This course discusses the VitalSuite Value Proposition & Differentiation, and the

Buying and Selling Process. It also provides engagement questions and a

prospecting quiz.

Course Objectives:

This course:

• Describes the VitalSuite value proposition & differentiation

• Describes the buying & selling process

• Lists the right questions to ask inside a client organization

• Describes an ideal prospect for our solution

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 183: Partner Catalog - Nokia

183

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

VITALNET 14 OVERVIEW

Course Number TAP00007W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 28min

Description Overall Description:

This course will review the VitalNet Solution, identifying solutions strengths and

advantages for customers.

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 184: Partner Catalog - Nokia

184

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

VITALNET REAL TIME 14 OVERVIEW

Course Number TAP00008W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 20min

Description

Overall Description:

This course will review the VitalNet Real­Time Solution, identifying strengths and

advantages for a customer. Real­Time allows for intelligent coloration, threshold, and

alarming of VitalNet Performance data.

Course Objectives:

The course provides an understanding of:

• Key features of VitalNet Real­Time

• Alarm and Threshold Setting

• Learned Threshold setting based on deviations from normal behavior

• Setting of outbound trap notifications

• Topology view of alarm information

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 185: Partner Catalog - Nokia

185

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

VITALFLOW 14 OVERVIEW

Course Number TAP00009W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 17min

Description Overall Description:

This course will review the VitalFlow Solution, identifying strengths and advantages for

a customer. VitalFlow allows for the collection, an analysis of network application

protocol flow data into the VitalNet Solution.

Course Objectives:

The course provides an understanding of:

• Key features of VitalFlow

• How flow data is obtained from the network and is correlated in VitalNet

• Reports available to present the data

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 186: Partner Catalog - Nokia

186

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

VITALAPPS 14 OVERVIEW

Course Number TAP00010W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 26min

Description Overall Description:

This course will review the VitalApps Solution, identifying strengths and advantages for

a customer. VitalApps provides a centralized view of application performance

throughout a customer’s environment.

Course Objectives:

The course provides an

understanding of:

• Key features of VitalApps

• How application data is obtained and reported in the solutions

• Showcases end­user experience, application health, and network performance as it

related to specific applications

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 187: Partner Catalog - Nokia

187

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

VITALART 14 OVERVIEW

Course Number TAP00011W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 23min

Description Overall Description:

This course will review the VitalArt Solution, identifying strengths and advantages for a

customer. VitalART provides centralized very flexible reporting across all of the VitalSuite

modules.

Course Objectives:

The course provides an understanding of:

• Key features of VitalART

• How VitalART enables flexible, consistent automated reporting across all of the

VitalSuite modules

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 188: Partner Catalog - Nokia

188

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

VITALSUITE PRE-SALES TECHNICAL OVERVIEW

Course Number TAP00012W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 40min

Description Overall Description:

This course covers the topics of:

• Why VitalSuite?

• VitalSuite Network Performance Monitoring

• VitalSuite Application Performance Monitoring

• VitalSuite Advance Reporting Toolkit

Course Objectives:

List:

• Technologies monitored by VitalSuite

• Vendors supported by VitalSuite

• License RTU option Explain:

• What are the performance management challenges

• Why customers require VitalSuite

• What is VitalSuite Describe:

• VitalSuite Network Performance Monitoring Modules (Net, RealTime and Flow)

• VitalSuite Application Performance Monitoring Modules (Apps and WAM)

• VitalSuite Advance Reporting Toolkit

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 189: Partner Catalog - Nokia

189

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

DIFFICULTY IN IDENTIFYING NETWORK ISSUES

Course Number TAP00013W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 17min

Description Overall Description:

This course provides a discussion showcasing how VitalNet can be used to quickly identify

issues within a network.

Course Objectives:

The course provides:

• An understanding of VitalNet Live Diagnostic

• Topology Feature 2D and 3D models

• A detailed dive into the data graphs

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 190: Partner Catalog - Nokia

190

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

VOIP QUALITY ISSUES

Course Number TAP00014W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 20min

Description Overall Description:

This course provides a discussion around the challenges of to voice over IP Performance

monitoring, and how VitalNet can provide visibility into this data.

Course Objectives: The course provides:

• A detailed review of per call voice quality • Live performance data collection

• Aggregated view of voice performance and correlation to network devices

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 191: Partner Catalog - Nokia

191

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

MONITORING IPV6 DEVICES

Course Number TAP00015W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 9min

Description Overall Description:

Review of how VitalNet has seamless support of IPv6 Devices.

Course Objectives:

The course provides an overview of how to discover, collect, and display IPV6 network

devices in VitalNet.

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 192: Partner Catalog - Nokia

192

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

APPLICATION MAPPING

Course Number TAP00016W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 16min

Description Overall Description:

This course showcases VitalFlow to uncover exactly how your network is being used and

mapping bandwidth to application usage.

Course Objectives:

The course provides details on :

• Using VitalFlow to collect network flow data

• The types of reports available

• The best way companies can use this data

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 193: Partner Catalog - Nokia

193

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

TRAPS

Course Number TAP00017W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 10min

Description Overall Description:

This course reviews the benefits of Real­Time Traps and the ability to receive inbound

traps from the network devices. Trap data is blended with native VitalNet information to

provide an additional layer of visibility into the network.

Course Objectives:

This course provides an overview of the trap management and performance alerts

via a trap receiver which enables additional event correlation within VitalNet.

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 194: Partner Catalog - Nokia

194

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

VM ENVIRONMENT

Course Number TAP00018W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 9min

Description Overall Description:

This course review the benefits of using VitalNet to collect performance information

from a customers virtualized server environments; answering the question, how are

the Virtual Servers performing?

Course Objectives:

This course provides detailed information on how VitalNet can monitor and provide

performance data collected from virtualized server solutions such as Citrix, VMware

and HyperV.

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 195: Partner Catalog - Nokia

195

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

REAL-TIME APPLICATION PERFORMANCE

Course Number TAP00019W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 11min

Description Overall Description:

This course review how VitalApps provides real­time application in addition to the

traditional application data collection.

Course Objectives:

This course

provides:

• Details on using the VitalApps collection agents to obtain real­time application

performance information

• How the real­time data is displayed

• Reports available for this performance information

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 196: Partner Catalog - Nokia

196

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

VITALQIP SALES

Course Number TAP00020W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 34min

Description Overall Description:

This course covers VitalQIPs role in: IP address management, the IPAM market, target

verticals and industries, and the VitalQIP solution. It also provides customer engagement

examples.

Course Objectives:

This course is designed to help you understand:

• IP Address Management and its components

• How to successfully identify opportunities

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 197: Partner Catalog - Nokia

197

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

VITALQIP PRESALES

Course Number TAP00021W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 45min

Description Overall Description:

This pre­sales training module provides a product brief for the VitalQIP IP address

management solution, DNS and DHCP services as relating to the Nokia VitalQIP and

VitalQIP Appliance Manager solutions. The intended audience are pre­sales or sales

engineers with a goal of providing guidance to maximize competitive advantage for

VitalQIP sales success.

Course Objectives:

At the end of this course, you should be able to describe the VitalQIP IP address

management solution, DNS and DHCP services as relating to the Nokia VitalQIP and

VitalQIP Appliance Manager solutions.

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 198: Partner Catalog - Nokia

198

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

VITALQIP APPLIANCE OVERVIEW

Course Number TAP00022W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 25min

Description Overall Description:

This course provides and overview of the VitalQIP Appliance. It covers topics including:

• Appliance Management Software [AMS]

• Adding an Appliance

• Deploying Packages and Monitoring Services

• Enterprise High Availability

• VitalQIP Appliance Security

• Appliance DNS/DHCP Performance

Course Objectives:

At the end of this course, you should be able to:

• List an overview of the appliances

• Explain how to use the appliance management software, or AMS interface

• Describe how to monitor and troubleshoot an appliance environment

• Explain how to set up a high availability configuration

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 199: Partner Catalog - Nokia

199

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

VITALQIP 8.1 RELEASE UPDATE

Course Number TAP00023W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 5min

Description Overall Description:

This video covers the new functionality of the Vital QIP released in version R8.1.

Course Objectives:

This course will explain the new features of Vital QIP

including:

• End­to­end auditing

• Visualization of the IP address space

• Improved host auto discovery functions

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 200: Partner Catalog - Nokia

200

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

KEYS FOR SELLING

Course Number TBU00047W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 1 hour

Description Sales teams need an arsenal of appealing stories, stories about how Nokia helped

other customers across transport, energy and public sector to address and resolve

their challenges. This training will introduce you to a nice variety of stories. For each

story we will focus on the issue addressed, hoping it will sound familiar to your

customers, the solution, some sweet spots to help position Nokia solution and

examples of customers who bought the solution.

Exam Online in the NLDH

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Background in Sales

Required

Equipment

None

Page 201: Partner Catalog - Nokia

201

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

CLOUD DATA CENTER INTERCONNECT

Course Number TBU00113W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 45min

Description Overall Description:

Enterprises need the ability to grow computing power and storage capacity while

controlling costs. Cloud solutions offer the ability to outsource certain functions through

virtualized resources while retaining others internally, allowing an enterprise to match

business needs and budget. Cloud solutions are built by interconnecting data centers;

commonly called Data Center Interconnect (DCI). Learn more about DCI so you can

participate as enterprises continue to increase spending on DCI.

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 202: Partner Catalog - Nokia

202

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

OIL & GAS PIPELINE SOLUTION

Course Number TBU00115W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 45min

Description Overall Description:

Digital oil and gas field transformation is already underway as energy consumption

worldwide is expected to grow 48% until 2040. Oil and Gas companies continue to invest

for exploration, extraction and transportation via pipelines regardless of the economic

environment. Nokia IP, Optical and Microwave partners are well­positioned for success

with Nokia solutions for key requirements in the Oil and Gas sector: Mobility and Onsite

Communication; Automation; Security Cloud Services; and Data Analytics.

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 203: Partner Catalog - Nokia

203

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NETWORK SOLUTION FOR LEGACY SCADA MIGRATION TO IP/MPLS

Course Number TBU00168D

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

Network Solution for Legacy SCADA Migration to IP/MPLS

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 204: Partner Catalog - Nokia

204

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

SELLING TO RAILWAYS

Course Number TBU00116W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 1h

Description Overall Description:

Globally there is a massive population shift from rural areas to urban areas. Due to this

massive shift, transportation projects are underway to balance the need to move the

population from point A to point B while reducing the carbon footprint and emissions. Rail

projects are expected to grow 2­7% globally as a result of this change. Rail operators know

they need to offer new services to their riders which present opportunities. Safety is

always paramount which determines how some things can be done. In addition to the

need for existing rail operators to offer new services, there are many new opportunities

all over the world for mass transit, light rails and high speed lines where Nokia partners

can sell a Nokia solution that can help rail operators to ensure safe, on­time and

connected journeys.

Course Objectives:

The session will provide training on railways and the Nokia solutions that you can sell

to that industry segment.

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 205: Partner Catalog - Nokia

205

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

SELLING INTO AIRPORTS AND AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL

Course Number TBU00160W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

Nokia has been addressing the need for mission critical infrastructure for transport

customers for decades.

In this session we focus on air transport.

After an introduction about the air transport communication market we will explore how

to position our solutions in this segment, a segment which is present in every country and

every major city.

We will show how the same products which address the mission critical needs of rail,

utilities and other key customers are ideally suited to address challenges such as “ageing

networking infrastructure in many air traffic control organizations or network

modernization and harmonization of airports”.

As a good introduction to the specific challenges and Nokia solutions for air transport, the

course targets sales, management and presales profiles primarily but is also

recommended for any partner employee wishing to get up to speed on this segment and

its specifics.

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 206: Partner Catalog - Nokia

206

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

PROTECTING YOUR CUSTOMER WITH NOKIA MAINTENANCE SERVICES

Course Number TBU00249W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 15min

Description Protecting your customer with Nokia Maintenance Services

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Background in Sales

Required

Equipment

None

Page 207: Partner Catalog - Nokia

207

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

SELLING NOKIA INTO THE DEFENSE MARKET

Course Number TBU00275W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description This course is designed to help Partners sell Nokia products into the Defense market.

Course Objectives:

At the end of this course, you should be able to:

• Identify the best Nokia opportunities to pursue in the Defense market,

• Know who to contact to begin the conversation in the Defense market.

To pass the exam, a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Background in Sales

Required

Equipment

None

Page 208: Partner Catalog - Nokia

208

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

GPP DEAL REGISTRATION TRAINING FOR PARTNERS

Course Number TBU31159W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description This course shows partners how to register their deals. Deal registration protects the

partner's investment and oftentimes they are award an extra discount for finding a

new opportunity.

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 209: Partner Catalog - Nokia

209

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

PARTNER LEARNING SERIES – NOKIA IN INDUSTRY SEGMENTS

Course Number TBU31177W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 1h15

Description The goal of this series is to grow and capture new business within identified market

segments by building skills and knowledge with partners and enabling them to sell

more effectively. This portion of the Partner Learning Series focuses on the Industry

Segments. This course provides an overview of select market segments where Nokia

participates. The course highlights opportunities within those markets and aligns

Nokia products to meet such needs.

Course Objectives:

• Summarize Sales Opportunities in selected vertical markets

• Describe the driving forces and market trends creating sales opportunities

• Identify the products and solutions to sell to selected vertical markets and

their unique selling propositions

Course Outline:

• Introduction

• Utilities

• Transportation

• State and Local Government and Public Safety

• Oil and Gas and Conclusion

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Background in Sales

Required

Equipment

None

Page 210: Partner Catalog - Nokia

210

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

PARTNER LEARNING SERIES – POWER UTILITIES 101

Course Number TBU31178W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 1h

Description Overall Description:

The goal of this series is to grow and capture new business within our market segments

by building skills and knowledge with partners and enabling them to sell more effectively.

This portion of the Partner Learning Series focuses on the Power Utility segment. This

course provides an overview of the Power Utility market segments and where Nokia

participates. The course highlights opportunities within those markets and aligns our

products and services to meet such needs.

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 211: Partner Catalog - Nokia

211

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

HOW TO POSITION AND SELL COMMUNICATIONS TRANSFORMATION

Course Number TBU31293W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

This course provides an understanding of the challenges and requirements of a

Power Utility looking to transform their communications network.

Course Objectives:

This training is designed to enable the learner to:

• Identify problem areas that encourage utilities to consider transforming their

network

• Select indicators of suitable sales opportunities within this market

• Identify the minimum set of equipment required by the Nokia solution to

support utility operations in a typical substation

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 212: Partner Catalog - Nokia

212

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

HOW TO POSITION AND SELL DISTRIBUTION AUTOMATION

Course Number TBU31295W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

This course provides an understanding of the challenges and requirements of a Power

Utility looking to transform their communications network.

Course Objectives:

This training is designed to enable the learner to:

• Identify problem areas that encourage utilities to consider transforming their

network

• Select indicators of suitable sales opportunities within this market

• Identify the minimum set of equipment required by the Nokia solution to support

utility operations in a typical substation

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 213: Partner Catalog - Nokia

213

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

HOW TO POSITION AND SELL UTILITY BROADBAND

Course Number TBU31296W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

This course provides an understanding of the challenges and requirements of a Power

Utility looking to transform their communications network.

Course Objectives:

This training is designed to enable the learner to:

• Identify problem areas that encourage utilities to consider transforming their network

• Select indicators of suitable sales opportunities within this market

• Identify the minimum set of equipment required by the Nokia solution to support

utility operations in a typical substation

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 214: Partner Catalog - Nokia

214

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA ROUTING PRODUCT OVERVIEW

Course Number ER01240-W-1806

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

This course covers the IP Routing Product Portfolio and provides information about how

the products should be positioned with the customer.

Course Objectives:

• Learn more about Nokia IP portfolio at a high level

• Learn more about which markets are addressed by the Nokia IP portfolio and the

differentiation in those markets

Course Outline:

• Nokia IP

• What sets us apart Nokia 7950 XRS

• Nokia 7750 SR

• Nokia 7705 SAR • Nokia 7210 SAS

• Nokia VSR

• Nokia 5620 SAM

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 215: Partner Catalog - Nokia

215

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA SCALABLE IP NETWORKS SELF-STUDY GUIDE - PREPARING FOR THE NETWORK ROUTING SPECIALIST I (NRS 1)

CERTIFICATION EXAM

Course Number TER00034M

Delivery Type Self­Study – 2h

Description The Nokia Scalable IP Networks Self­Study Guide provides IP professionals with a self­directed

learning option for the Nokia Network Routing Specialist I (NRS I) certification. This comprehensive

guide:

• Covers course material addressed in the Nokia Scalable IP Networks course from the Nokia

Service Routing Certification Program

• Is designed to give students the introductory knowledge required to work successfully in an

IP/MPLS and Carrier Ethernet environment that delivers consumer and business services

• Includes detailed exam questions and lab exercises

• Prepares students to write the NRS I exam (4A0­100)

Course Objectives:

After reading this book and completing all exercises you will be able to:

• Describe the purpose and operation of common Layer 2 technologies

• Describe the IP forwarding process

• Develop an IP address plan using IP subnetting and address summarization

• Explain the characteristics of dynamic routing protocols and configure basic IP routing using

OSPF and BGP

• Explain the operation of the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)

• Describe MPLS and how it is used to provide Layer 2 and Layer 3 VPN services across a common

provider core

• Be well prepared to write the NRS I exam

Course Outline:

11 comprehensive chapters with detailed lessons and exam questions:

1. Introduction to Networking

2. The Nokia 7750 SR AND 7450 ESS Components and the Command Line Interface

3. Ethernet and Layer 2 Protocols

4. Switched Networks, Spanning Tree, and VLANs

5. IP Addressing

6. IP Forwarding and Services

7. TCP and UDP

8. Introduction to IP Routing

9. OSPF

10. BGP

11. MPLS and VPN Services

Lab exercises to reinforce learning points

A CD with sample exam questions and lab exercises

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 216: Partner Catalog - Nokia

216

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA NETWORK ROUTING SPECIALIST I WRITTEN EXAM [4A0-100]

Course Number TER00035M

Delivery Type Exam – 1h15

Description This overview provides broad guidelines for the type of content that may be included in

the exam. Other material not described here may be incorporated into the exam.

• Describe the use of the Nokia 7750 Service Router (SR) and Nokia 7450 Ethernet

Service Switch (ESS) in the Internet

• Be able to execute basic commands with the command line interface of the Nokia 7750

Service Router

• Describe the purpose and operation of common Layer 2 technologies

• Describe the IP forwarding process

• Analyze an IP address with subnet mask and calculate subnet boundaries

• Develop an IP address plan using IP subnetting and address summarization

• Explain the difference between static routes and dynamic routing protocols

• Configure static routes and dynamic routing in a single area OSPF network

• Explain the purpose and basic features of BGP

• Explain the basic operation of the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)

• Describe the purpose of MPLS and how it can be used to create tunnels across an IP

network

• Describe the MPLS­based VPN services supported on the Nokia 7750 Service Router:

VPWS, VPLS and VPRN

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 217: Partner Catalog - Nokia

217

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA NETWORK ROUTING SPECIALIST II (NRS II) SELF-STUDY GUIDE: PREPARING FOR THE NRS

II CERTIFICATION EXAMS SELF STUDY LAB EXERCISES PLUS NOKIA NRS II LAB EXAM

Course Number TER00036M

Delivery Type Self­Study – 2h min

Description This book is your official self­study guide for the Nokia Network Routing Specialist II (NRS II)

Certification. The certification is designed to provide a solid understanding of IP/MPLS networks and

their Layer 2 and Layer 3 service applications in today’s advanced networks. The book is loaded with

many practical configuration and troubleshooting exercises and is an invaluable reference source to

the working network engineer. Upon completion of the book, completing all of the exercises, and

obtaining your NRS II certification, you will have a valuable foundation of skills, knowledge, and best

practices needed for operating an IP/MPLS services network.

Course Objectives:

After completing the book and exercises, you will be able to:

• Design an address plan and configure interfaces for IPv4 and IPv6

• Configure and verify routing for IPVv6

• Describe the operation of LDP and configure an LDP network

• Explain how OSPF and IS­IS are enhanced to support traffic engineering

• Configure and verify RSVP­TE LSPs for traffic engineering and high availability

• Describe the different services that can be implemented in an IP/MPLS network

• Configure and verify Layer 2 and Layer 3 VPN services

• Configure and verify IPv6 tunneling over an IP/MPLS network

Course Outline:

21 comprehensive chapters with detailed lessons and exam questions:

• IP/MPLS Service Networks

• Layer 2: The Physical Components of the Internet

• IP Networks

• Dynamic Routing Protocols

• Introduction to OSPF

• OSPF Multi­Area Networks

• OSPFv3

• Introduction to IS­IS

• IS­IS Multi­Area Networks

• IS­IS for IPv6

• Introduction to Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS)

• Label Distribution Protocol (LDP)

• RSVP­TE Operation

• Constraint­Based Routing and TE­LSPs

• RSVP­TE Resource Reservation

• MPLS Resiliency

• Introduction and Overview of VPN Services

• VPWS Services

• VPLS

• Layer 3 Services

• Operations, Administration, and Maintenance

• Appendix ­ Chapter Assessment Questions and Answers

Lab exercises to reinforce learning points

A CD with sample exam questions and lab exercises

Page 218: Partner Catalog - Nokia

218

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA NRS II LAB EXAM [NRSII4A0]

Course Number TER00037M

Delivery Type Exam – 3h30

Description The Nokia NRS II Lab Exam is a 3.5­hour practical exam executed on live equipment that

tests the students’ ability to design and implement networks that meet service

requirements and interoperate with other networks, to analyze network health and

performance, and to resolve network problems quickly.

To register you must have successfully completed all four prerequisite written exams

shown below. The lab exam is held at select Nokia locations globally. Nokia will not be

responsible for any travel costs incurred. Exams are scheduled based on the availability of

exam resources and will generally occur 6 to 8 weeks after registration.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

• Nokia Scalable IP Networks (4A0­100)

• Nokia Interior Routing Protocols (4A0­101)

• Nokia Multiprotocol Label Switching (4A0­103)

• Nokia Services Architecture (4A0­104)

Required

Equipment

None

Page 219: Partner Catalog - Nokia

219

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA INTERIOR ROUTING PROTOCOLS EXAM [4A0-101]

Course Number TER00038M

Delivery Type Exam – 1h30

Description This overview provides broad guidelines for the type of content that may be included in

the exam. Other material not described here may be incorporated into the exam.

• Demonstrate a basic overall understanding of link state protocols

• Express a basic overall understanding of IP routing design

• Describe the various routing protocol databases (routing, forwarding and link state)

• Demonstrate an understanding of route redistribution and route filter policies

• Create and verify the successful operation of static and default routes

• Explain the basic operations of OSPF, and ensure the successful implementation and

operability of OSPF in a network

• Configure OSPF in basic and complex network topologies

• Understand OSPFv3

• Understand single and multi-area networks in OSPFv3

• Explain the basic operations of IS­IS, and ensure the successful implementation and

operability of IS­IS in a network

• Understand IS­IS for IPv6

• Define the differences between IS­IS and OSPF

• Verify OSPF operations and troubleshoot OSPF routing issues

• Configure a complex network utilizing a combination of OSPF and IS­IS

• Understand IPv6 basics and IPv6 addressing

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 220: Partner Catalog - Nokia

220

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA MULTIPROTOCOL LABEL SWITCHING EXAM [4A0-103]

Course Number TER00039M

Delivery Type Exam – 1h30

Description This overview provides broad guidelines for the type of content that may be included in

the exam. Other material not described here may be incorporated into the exam.

• Explain the basic concepts of MPLS technology such as forwarding equivalence classes

(FECs), labels and label stacks, label distribution, LSPs and MPLS packet forwarding

• Describe the MPLS header structure and explain the label operations of pop, push and

swap

• List the characteristics of different label distribution protocols and compare them

• Explain how LDP works to distribute labels for FECs and establish LSPs

• Describe traffic engineering and its advantage in an MPLS network.

• Identify the traffic engineering extensions made to the IGP routing protocols and

understand how they are used with CSPF to establish traffic engineered LSPs

• Demonstrate how RSVP­TE is used to establish traffic engineered LSPs using RSVP

signaling messages to distribute labels, specify constraints for the LSP and request

LSP protection mechanisms

• Describe the concept of a shared risk link group (SRLG) and its use in traffic engineering

• State the purpose of using LDP over RSVP tunnels to provide traffic engineering in a

hierarchical network

• Configure an MPLS­based core network using LDP, RSVP­TE, and LDP over RSVP

• List the various LSP protection mechanisms (Secondary/ Standby LSP, fast reroutes)

• Describe MPLS for IP routing (MPLS shortcuts)

• Configure 6PE on a network of 7750 SRs

• Configure RSVP­TE LSPs using each of the possible protection Mechanisms

• Understand how to manage, monitor and perform basic troubleshooting of

LDP­established LSPs on the Nokia 7750 Service Router (SR) and Nokia 7450 Ethernet

Service Switch (ESS)

• Understand how to manage, monitor and perform basic troubleshooting of RSVP­TE­

established LSPs on the Nokia 7750 SR and Nokia 7450 ESS

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 221: Partner Catalog - Nokia

221

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA SERVICES ARCHITECTURE EXAM [4A0-104]

Course Number TER00040M

Delivery Type Exam – 1h30

Description This overview provides broad guidelines for the type of content that may be included in

the exam. Other material not described here may be incorporated into the exam.

• Demonstrate a basic overall understanding of Nokia services

• Differentiate between service access point (SAP) and network ports

• Provide an explanation for a service delivery point (SDP) and differentiate between

mesh and spoke SDPs

• Differentiate between transport tunnels and service tunnels

• Correctly analyze the implications of maximum transmission unit (MTU) size

• Use the correct operations, administration and maintenance (OAM) tools to analyze a

configured system

• Correctly define the terms related to VPWS services such as Epipe, Apipe, Fpipe, and

Ipipe

• Correctly configure an Epipe service

• Manage Epipe services given an existing infrastructure including modifying, deleting,

disabling, re­enabling, and creating these services

• Explain the issues related to VPWS interworking

• Describe the purpose and operation of a VPLS service

• Explain the different types of SAP encapsulations and describe their behavior

• Correctly configure a VPLS service

• Define and configure an Internet enhanced service (IES) • Configure an IES spoke

termination to a VPLS service

• Identify reasons to use mirror services and differentiate between local and

distributed mirror services

• Configure and verify the operation of a remote mirror service

• Identify the protocols and technologies required to implement VPRN service

• Explain the interaction between the control and data plane of a VPRN

service

• Configure, verify, and troubleshoot an IPv4 and IPv6 VPRN service

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 222: Partner Catalog - Nokia

222

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7750 SR / 7450 ESS INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

Course Number TER18009

Delivery Type Instructor­led – 1d

Description Overall Description:

This course will provide the participant with a thorough understanding of the

installation procedures of the chassis, cards, modules, and power units for the 7750

SR/7450 ESS product portfolio. The participant will also learn through the command

line how to perform basic commissioning for this product portfolio.

Course Objectives:

• Site preparation: rack requirements, power requirements, grounding

• Cable management: handling, routing, labeling

• Hardware installation: rack,power, cables, circuit packs, modules, SFPs

• Commissioning: Boot­up system, provisioning of the cards via CLI and using prebuild

configuration

• Troubleshooting: card, port and boot­up troubleshooting procedures, remedial

action

Course Outline

Module 1 ­ Introduction

Module 2 ­ 7750 SR/7450 ESS Site Preparation

Module 3 ­ 7750 SR/7450 ESS Installation

Module 4 ­ 7x50 Commissioning

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 223: Partner Catalog - Nokia

223

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7705 SAR INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

Course Number TER18010

Delivery Type Instructor­led – 1d

Description Overall Description:

This course will provide the participant with a thorough understanding of the installation

procedures of the chassis, cards, modules, and power units for the 7705 SAR product

portfolio. The participant will also learn through the command line how to perform basic

commissioning for this product portfolio.

Course Objectives:

• Site preparation: rack requirements, power requirements, grounding

• Cable management: handling, routing, labeling

• Hardware installation: rack, power, cables, circuit packs, modules, SFPs

• Manual Commissioning: Boot­up system, provisioning of the cards via CLI and using

prebuild configuration

• Automatic Commissioning: commissioning using RATT Tool

• Troubleshooting: card, port and boot­up troubleshooting procedures, remedial

action , RATT troubleshooting

Course Outline

Module 1 – Introduction

Module 2 ­ 7705 SAR Site Preparation

Module 3 ­ 7705 SAR Installation

Module 4 ­ 7705 SAR Commissioning with Prebuilt Configuration

Module 5 ­ 7705 SAR Commissioning via CLI

Module 6 ­ 7705 SAR Automatic Commissioning using RATT

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 224: Partner Catalog - Nokia

224

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7210 SAS INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

Course Number TER18011

Delivery Type Instructor­led – 1d

Description Overall Description:

This course will provide the participant with a thorough understanding of the installation

procedures of the chassis, cards, modules, and power units for the 7210 SAS product

portfolio. The participant will also learn through the command line how to perform basic

commissioning for this product portfolio.

Course Objectives:

• Site preparation: rack requirements, power requirements, grounding

• Cable management: handling, routing, labeling

• Hardware installation: rack, power, cables, circuit packs, modules, SFPs

• Manual Commissioning: Boot­up system, provisioning of the cards via CLI and using

prebuild configuration

• Troubleshooting: card, port and boot­up troubleshooting procedures, remedial

action , RATT troubleshooting

Course Outline

Module 1 – Introduction

Module 2 ­ 7210 SAS Site Preparation

Module 3 ­ 7210 SAS Installation

Module 4 ­ 7210 SAS Commissioning with Prebuilt Configuration

Module 5 ­ 7210 SAS Commissioning via CLI

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 225: Partner Catalog - Nokia

225

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7210 SAS PRODUCT OVERVIEW

Course Number TER36058W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 5h

Description This course provides an overview of 7210 SAS product family. The course is designed to help

system planners, installers and commissioning engineers become familiar with the components

and architecture of the 7210 SAS family of products, to gain an understanding of the features

and characteristics of the hardware and software, and to learn how the 7210 SAS is deployed in

the IP/MPLS network.

Course Objectives:

Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:

• Define the role of the 7210 SAS in a customer's network

• Describe the benefits of the 7210 SAS

• Describe the 7210 SAS product portfolio

• Explain the key features and characteristics of the different 7210 SAS variants

• Describe the 1830 Versatile WDM Module and how it can be used with the 7210 SAS in a

customer's network

Course Outline:

Module 1 7210 SAS - Introduction

Module 2 7210 SAS - Family of Products

Module 3 7210 SAS-D

Module 4 7210 SAS -E

Module 5 7210 SAS-M

Module 6 7210 SAS-T

Module 7 7210 SAS-X

Module 8 7210 SAS-R6

Module 9 7210 SAS-K5

Module 10 7210 SAS-1830 VWM

Module 11 7210 SAS-Cabinet Solutions

Module 12 7210 SAS-Mxp

Module 13 7210 SAS-R12

Module 14 7210 SAS-S/Sx

Module 15 7210 SAS-K12

Module 16 7210 SAS-K30

Target Audience:

This course is intended for anyone who needs a basic understanding of the 7210 Nokia Service

Access Switch family of products.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Knowledge of IP/MPLS would be an asset.

The student may benefit from the following course:TER36066W SR­OS Fundamentals

Required

Equipment

None

Page 226: Partner Catalog - Nokia

226

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

SR-OS FUNDAMENTALS

Course Number TER36066W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 12h

Description Overall Description:

The SR­OS Fundamentals eLearning course describes the key essentials of the SR­OS

service router portfolio. The different hardware products are described along with the

aspects on how a service is built. It also explains the IP and MPLS fundaments needed

to build this service.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Explain where the SR­OS service router is used in a high leverage network

• Name the different SR­OS hardware products

• Explain the fundamental aspects of IP and MPLS

• Understand the key components of a service

• Describe the different services

• Explain the fundamentals of QoS and Multicast

Course Outline:

• The high leverage network ­ FP3 ­ Service router supported solutions

• IP/MPLS SR­OS product family

• CLI

• Policies

• IP routing

• MPLS

• Introduction to services

• IES

• VLL

• VPLS

• VPRN

• PIM

• QoS

Foundation

Knowledge

This course is intended for students who have basic IP knowledge.

Required

Equipment

None

Page 227: Partner Catalog - Nokia

227

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7950 XRS PRODUCT OVERVIEW

Course Number TER36082W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 1h

Description Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Understand the need for a scalable, versatile and efficient core router

• Understand the most important components of the 7950 Extensible Routing System (7950

XRS­20 and 7950 XRS­16c)

• Understand the commonalities with other SR­OS based routers in Nokia's portfolio

A new era of core routers was needed that could better scale, be more versatile and efficient.

That is why Nokia has developed a new range of core routers.

The Nokia 7950 Extensible Routing System or XRS core router delivers scale, efficiency and

versatility on a single platform without sacrificing flexibility. This enables service providers to

meet core routing, MPLS switching, data center interconnection and infrastructure service

needs in metro cores and IP backbones.

This web­based course explains the evolution of core routing and the need for a new range of

core routers. The evolution is from a traditional network to today's and tomorrow's networks.

The need for 400Gbps FP3 processors in the 7950 XRS­20, 7950 XRS­40, and 7950 XRS­16c

products is covered.

The 7950 XRS­20 and 7950 XRS­16c are part of the SR­OS product family and this course

explains where these core routers are positioned together with the other SR­OS routers in the

network. It also illustrates how these routers are integrated with the existing SAM network

management platform.

Hardware modules of the 7950 XRS­20, 7950 XRS­40, and 7950 XRS­16c are covered. Card

function and their interworking are explained. This course shows the interface options found on

the different XMAs/C­XMAs or XRS media adaptors.

The last module of the course describes the software and resiliency options.

The 7950 XRS­20, 7950 XRS­40, 7950 XRS­16c and the 7750 SR family of routers share a single

OS which provides a common model with hardened reliability.

Course Outline:

• Module 1: The evolution of core routing

• Module 2: Introducing the 7950 XRS Family

• Module 3: The 7950 XRS­20 Overview

• Module 4: The 7950 XRS­40 Overview

• Module 5: The 7950 XRS­16c Overview

• Module 6: Software and resiliency

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge

A basic understanding of telecom concepts is sufficient

Page 228: Partner Catalog - Nokia

228

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7705 SAR PRODUCT OVERVIEW

Course Number TER36084WK

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 5h 30min

Description The course is designed to help system planners, installers and commissioning engineers

become familiar with the components and architecture of the SAR 7705 family of products,

to gain an understanding of the features and characteristics of the hardware and software,

and to learn about how the 7705 SAR is deployed in the aggregation and backhaul segments

of a converged network.

Overall Description:

This course describes the characteristics of the 7705 SAR hardware components and software

features up to and including Release 7.0 and provides an overview of the deployment in a

converged network.

Course Objectives:

• Define the role of the 7705 SAR aggregation router in the aggregation and backhaul zone

of the service provider network

• Identify how the 7705 SAR is used in the service provider network

• Describe the characteristics of the hardware and software components and features

Course Outline:

• 7705 SAR Network Solutions

• 7705 SAR Features Overview

• 7705 SAR Family of Products Overview

• 7705 SAR­18 System Overview

• 7705 SAR­8 System Overview

• 7705 SAR­8/18 Microwave Radio Connectivity

• 7705 SAR­8/18 Interface Adapter Cards

• 7705 SAR­8/SAR­18/SAR­M: CWDM/OADM Adapter Cards

• 7705 SAR­M System Overview

• 7705 SAR­F System Overview

• 7705 SAR­A System Overview

• 7705 SAR­W System Overview

• 7705 SAR­O Passive Optical Module Overview

• 7705 SAR­H System Overview

• 7705 SAR­Hc System Overview

7705 SAR System Provisioning and Management

• 7705 OAM and Diagnostics

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Knowledge of IP/MPLS would be an asset.

The student may benefit from the following courses:

• TER36066W SR­OS Fundamentals and TER36075: 7750 SR/7705 SAR Mobile Backhaul

Required

Equipment

None

Page 229: Partner Catalog - Nokia

229

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA NRS II LAB WORKSHOP VERSION A *

Course Number

TER36090

Delivery Type Instructor­led – 1d

Description Overall Description:

The Nokia NRS II Lab Workshop is a complete one­day workshop designed to help

individuals practice and improve their service router configuration skills. The workshop

also serves as an excellent tool for individuals needing to practice and prepare for the NRS

II lab exam (NRSII4A0). Each workshop is led by members of the SRC subject matter expert

team who will coach students through a set of practical, hands­on lab exercises and their

solutions.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Four courses and exams and hands­on experience with configuration and provisioning in

a Nokia Service Router environment:

1. Nokia Scalable IP Networks (Exam No. 4A0­100)

2. Nokia Interior Routing Protocols (Exam No. 4A0­101) 3. Nokia Multiprotocol Label

Switching (Exam No. 4A0­103)

4. Nokia Services Architecture (Exam No. 4A0­104)

Required

Equipment

None

Page 230: Partner Catalog - Nokia

230

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NRS II LAB EXAM WORKSHOP VERSION B

Course Number TER36091

Delivery Type Instructor­Led Training – 1d

Description Overall Description:

The Nokia NRS II Lab Workshop is a complete one­day workshop designed to help

individuals practice and improve their service router configuration skills. The workshop

also serves as an excellent tool for individuals needing to practice and prepare for the NRS

II lab exam (NRSII4A0). Each workshop is led by members of the SRC subject matter expert

team who will coach students through a set of practical, hands­on lab exercises and their

solutions. The Nokia NRS II Lab Workshop is a complete one­day workshop designed to

help individuals practice and improve their service router configuration skills. The

workshop also serves as an excellent tool for individuals needing to practice and prepare

for the NRS II lab exam (NRSII4A0). Each workshop is led by members of the SRC subject

matter expert team who will coach students through a set of practical, hands­on lab

exercises and their solutions.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Four courses and exams and hands­on experience with configuration and provisioning in

a Nokia Service Router environment:

1. Nokia Scalable IP Networks (Exam No. 4A0­100)

2. Nokia Interior Routing Protocols (Exam No. 4A0­101)

3. Nokia Multiprotocol Label

Switching (Exam No. 4A0­103)

4. Nokia Services Architecture (Exam No. 4A0­104)

Required

Equipment

None

Page 231: Partner Catalog - Nokia

231

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

LEVEL 1 MAINTENANCE FOR SR-OS PRODUCTS

Course Number TER36092

Delivery Type Instructor­Led Training – 2d

Description Overall Description:

This course is intended for the L1 Field Technician whose primary responsibility is to

provide hardware maintenance and support for the Nokia Service Routers and Service

Switches. The course covers on­line documentation retrieval from Nokia’s On­Line

Customer Support (OLCS) site, on­site troubleshooting including topics such as LED

indicators, visual trouble identification, required hardware routines such as cleaning

and/or replacing air filters, managing CF (Compact Flash) cards, as well as called for

software and hardware upgrades e.g. upgrading RAM (Random Access Memory).

Course Outline:

Section 1: Course Intro and objectives

Section 2: OLCS

Section 3: Internet

• Telephone, Internet development timeline

• Todays Network, Routes, Switches

Section 4: Electric Static Discharge (ESD)

• Testing ground strap

Section 5: Command Line Interface (CLI)

Section 6: Fibre Optics

• Fibre Optic Connectors

• Fibre Optic Safety

• Cleaning Optical Connectors

Section 7: Routines

• Cleaning and replacing Filters

Section 8: Hardware

• FRU Hardware replacement how to

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Basic Understanding of SR Products

Required

Equipment

• Overhead projector and screen

• White board and markers

Page 232: Partner Catalog - Nokia

232

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7750 SR/7450 ESS PRODUCT OVERVIEW

Course Number TER36095W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 4h30

Description This course provides an overview of 7750 SR and 7450 ESS product family and

introduces the latest FP4 network processor.

The course is designed to help system planners, installers and commissioning

engineers become familiar with the components and architecture of the 7750 SR and

7450 ESS family of products, to gain an understanding of the features and

characteristics of the hardware and software, and to learn how the 7750 SR and 7450

ESS is deployed in the IP/ MPLS edge network.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 233: Partner Catalog - Nokia

233

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

BASIC SERVICE ROUTER TROUBLESHOOTING

Course Number TER36065

Delivery Type Virtual Instructor-Led Training – 3d

Description Overall Description:

This course is intended for operations personnel to understand and apply

troubleshooting methods, including event logs, OAM tools and SAA, common

problems and solutions related to hardware, layers 1 & 2, routing protocols (OSPF and

IS-IS), MPLS, as well as a description of how to escalate an issue to the Nokia support

team.

Course Objectives:

• Describe the procedure to find support files, documentation as well as the

knowledge base on OLCS

• Generate event logs

• Describe the usage of OAM tools

• Understand the Service Assurance Agent (SAA) feature and its usage

• Identify and troubleshoot hardware faults

• Troubleshoot common issues with OSPF and IS-IS routing protocols

• Troubleshoot common issues with LDP and RSVP-TE protocols

Course Outline:

Basic Service Router Troubleshooting

Audience:

Personnel responsible for provisioning maintaining and administering the 7750 SR.

Equipment:

Standard vSIM lab network with nodes runing SR OS 15.0

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 234: Partner Catalog - Nokia

234

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

SERVICE ROUTER PRODUCT TECHNOLOGY AND FEATURES DESCRIPTION

Course Number TER36203

Delivery Type Instructor­Led Training – 3d

Description Overall Description:

This course assumes that the students have basic knowledge of SR7750 Router as

taught in TER36066W. Building on that knowledge the course gives an overview of

additional features like resiliency, Enhanced Subscriber Management, QoS, and the use

of MS­ISM/ISA as IPSec or Wireless LAN Gateway. In this course we only look at the

theoretical functions not at the configuration.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe Multi­chassis resilience

• Explain Multi­chassis synchronization

• Describe Multi­chassis Link Aggregation Group

• Explain Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management (CFM)

• Explain Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol

• Describe G.8032 Ethernet Ring Protection Switching

• Explain pseudo­wire redundancy

• List Core Scalability and Resiliency Features

• Explain Bidirectional Forwarding Detection

• Describe Provider Backbone Bridging and SPBM

• List the features of Seamless MPLS

• Describe the function of BGP Fast Reroute

• Describe the two options available to deal with traffic burstiness on the SR­OS:

policing and shaping

• Describe Queues and Policers and their relation to shaping and policing

• Describe Default and Hierarchical Scheduling

• Explain the need for Egress Port Scheduling and the cooperation with Hierarchical and

default queues

• Describe the function of Class Fair Hierarchical Policing

• List the advantages of Queue Groups

• Explain Enhanced Subscriber Management

• Describe IPSecGW

• List the possibilities of WlanGW

• List the functions and use of MS­ISM / ISA

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Page 235: Partner Catalog - Nokia

235

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

SERVICE ROUTER PRODUCT TECHNOLOGY AND FEATURES DESCRIPTION - CONTINUED

Course Number TER36203 (cont’d)

Description Course Outline:

• Course overview

• Resilience overview

• Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol

• Multi­chassis Link Aggregation Group

• Multi­chassis synchronization

• Pseudowire with MC­LAG for VLL services

• G.8032 Ethernet Ring Protection Switching

• Provider Backbone Bridging SPBM

• Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management

• Bidirectional Forwarding Detection

• BGP FRR

• Seamless MPLS

• Enhanced Subscriber Management

• Intro to Queues and Policers

• Default and Hierarchical Scheduling

• Egress Port Scheduler

• Class Fair Hierarchical Policing

• Queue Groups

• IPSecGW

• WLAN GW

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

This course assumes that the students have basic knowledge of SR7750 Router as taught

in TER36066W. Partners should have completed the required certification path preceding

this course.

Required

Equipment

A traditional classroom setup

Page 236: Partner Catalog - Nokia

236

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

SERVICE ROUTER PRODUCT CONFIGURATION AND OPERATION

Course Number TER36204

Delivery Type Instructor­Led Training – 4d

Description Overall Description:

This course is mainly devoted to providing students with a comprehensive hands­on training on

fundamental SR­OS features, including IP routing, MPLS, services, Quality of Service and resilience.

As a prerequisite, students need to take the course “TER36066W – SR OS Fundamentals” to get

familiar with the relevant concepts.

The course starts with basic material dealing with IP networking and the OSPF and IS­IS routing

protocols. After that, it describes how MPLS can be used to create tunnels that will carry traffic

from one customer location to another, and how traffic engineering and resilience can be added

to them. It also explains how to use LDP, RSVP­TE and BGP for MPLS label signaling. Next, the course

describes how to configure different types of services, including Epipes, VPLS, IES and VPRN. Lastly,

the course explains how to create and apply Quality of Service policies for service differentiation.

Course Objectives:

Upon completion of this course, participants should be able to describe:

• How to log into a Nokia service router • How to verify that the hardware is properly configured and operational

• How to configure IP interfaces

• The fundamentals of IP routing

• The concept of link state protocols

• How to configure and verify the OSPF routing protocol

• How to configure and verify the IS­IS routing protocol

• The benefits of multicast routing

• How the IGMP protocol can be used to identify the intended receivers of multicast IP packets

• How the PIM protocol can be used to determine the path that multicast traffic will follow from

the source to the multiple receivers

• LDP and RSVP­TE as MPLS label signaling protocols

• Traffic engineering capabilities of RSVP­TE

• Resilience techniques used by both LDP and RSVP­TE

• The concept of Seamless MPLS and its advantages

• The preliminary steps required prior to service configuration

• How to configure and verify Epipe, VPLS, IES and VPRN services

• Multi­chassis LAGs and redundant pseudo­wires as techniques to provide services in which the

customer is redundantly connected to service provider routers (multi­homed)

• The concept of Quality of Service (QoS) and why it is needed in telecommunications networks

• The two options available to deal with traffic burstiness on the SR­OS: policing and shaping

• The fact that both queues and policer can share bandwidth hierarchically

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Page 237: Partner Catalog - Nokia

237

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

SERVICE ROUTER PRODUCT CONFIGURATION AND OPERATION – CONTINUED

Course Number TER36204 (cont’d)

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

This course is intended for students who have taken TER6066W SR­OS Fundamentals

eLearning and TER36203 Service Router Product Technology and Features. Knowledge of

SR­OS concepts included in this course is required. The focus of TER36204 is on providing

comprehensive hands­ on experience.

Required

Equipment

Lab equipment includes

• 8 sims

• 4 PCs

Software on the Lab PCs includes:

• Video player (VLC or equivalent), able to send a video stream out to a multicast

address and using UDP with a configurable port number. A video file is also required

to be played by this application

• FTP server (3CDaemon or equivalent) to enable the transfer of files between PCs

• FTP client (FileZilla or equivalent) to be able to open an FTP session with the server

and start a file transfer from one PC to the other. A large file is also required to be

transferred by this application

Page 238: Partner Catalog - Nokia

238

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA FUNDAMENTALS OF OPTICAL NETWORK DESIGN

Course Number TOP00004

Delivery Type Instructor­Led Training – 3d

Description Overall Description:

1830 Design Fundamentals Course

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 239: Partner Catalog - Nokia

239

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA ADVANCED OPTICAL NETWORK DESIGN

Course Number TOP00005

Delivery Type Instructor­Led Training – 5d

Description Overall Description:

1830 Advanced Optical Design Course

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 240: Partner Catalog - Nokia

240

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA OPTICAL DIAGNOSTICS & TROUBLESHOOTING

Course Number TOP00007

Delivery Type Instructor­Led Training – 4d

Description Overall Description:

Nokia Optical Diagnostics & Troubleshooting

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 241: Partner Catalog - Nokia

241

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA OPTICAL PRODUCT OVERVIEW

Course Number TOP00008W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 45min

Description This course covers the Optical Product Portfolio and provides information about

how the products should be positioned with the customer.

Course Objectives:

• Learn more about identifying customer needs

• Understand the Nokia innovation (products)

• Be able to follow the migration from manual to automatic network provisioning

• Learn more about Network simplification

This course will cover:

• Challenges faced by market segments

• Nokia Optical investment points

• Challenges faced by market segments

• Agile Optical Networking

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Background in Sales and Optical Networks

Required

Equipment

None

Page 242: Partner Catalog - Nokia

242

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

MICROWAVE BASICS

Course Number TOP00009W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 1h45min

Description Overall Description:

This course will cover the basics of microwave technology as well as understanding

microwave propagation and the outline some of the conditions that affect microwave

propagation.

Course Objectives:

• To learn about Microwave Transmission

• To understand Microwave Propagation

• To understand the conditions that affect Microwave Propagation

• How path design considerations can affect those propagation

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 243: Partner Catalog - Nokia

243

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

MICROWAVE PORTFOLIO OVERVIEW

Course Number TOP00010W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

This course cover the portfolio overview of the 9500 MPR.

Course Objectives:

• To cover the market environment for Microwave globally

• To give a background in Nokia Wireless Transmission

• The value propositions of our products

• A portfolio overview of the Nokia Microwave products

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 244: Partner Catalog - Nokia

244

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) ENGINEERING & PLANNING TOOL (EPT) R8.X FOR GPP

Course Number TOP00014W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 6h

Description This course provides the latest information on the Engineering Planning Tool (EPT)

for the 1830 PSS, as of R8.

The course will begin with a brief review of the 1830 PSS, followed by an

introduction to the EPT and user interface. Various network design scenarios will

be used to demonstrate how to design and/or modify a network configuration.

The course will consist of a mix of instructor presentation and hands­on exercises.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe the purpose of the EPT

• Identify key elements of the EPT user interface

• Explain how to use the EPT to design and/or modify an existing network

configuration

• Describe the reports available with the EPT

• Identify common troubleshooting scenarios

Course Outline:

• Introduction

• 1830 PSS Product Review

• GUI Overview

• Designing a Network

• Basic Troubleshooting and Closing Remarks

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Students should already have a general understanding of optical networking

fundamentals, as well as a familiarity with the 1830 PSS product family.

Required

Equipment

None

Page 245: Partner Catalog - Nokia

245

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

WDM TECHNOLOGY - GPP

Course Number TOP18075W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 3h

Description This training provides participants with a complete overview of WDM Technology.

Course Objectives:

• Describe the main transmission concepts and the related devices involved in an

optical link

• Describe the main impairments occurring within an optical fiber

• Quote the related solutions used to compensate these impairments

• Quote the 5 laser classes according to their risks

• Describe a safety mechanism which can be implemented within a network

element

• Explain the reasons for deploying a WDM network

• Describe the basic WDM technology and the operational concepts

• Describe the functions of the major components used in WDM

• Quote the main monitoring parameters related to the transmission quality

• Explain the propagation penalties due to the wavelength multiplexing

• Describe the possible ways to improve the signal transmission

• Describe a WDM terrestrial network in terms of topology, protection and

supervision

Course Outline:

• Optical Fiber Transmission – Fundamentals

• WDM Technology – Fundamentals

• WDM Terrestrial Networks

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 70% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 246: Partner Catalog - Nokia

246

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) - 16/32 SWDM OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Course Number TOP30003W

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 3h

Description Overall Description:

This course is based primarily on the 1830 PSS­32/16 user operations and maintenance. The

course will discuss the hardware and perform various provisioning procedures as well as

maintenance techniques that are performed for the 1830 PSS­32/16 shelf. This course combines

both lecture and labs, with significant time for hands­on experience.

Course Objectives:

At the conclusion of this course, the student will be able to log into a shelf, perform provisioning

exercises on a standalone shelf, the circuit packs and individual circuits. Perform hands­on

provisioning exercises for TOADM and TOADM linear applications and identify the hardware and

software features for release 7.

Course Outline:

• Introduction: course structure

• Basics: 1830 PSS­32/16 product introduction, introduce and review terminology TOADM,

FOADM, ROADM etc.

• Hardware: circuit packs, shelf, powering, 1830 building blocks (OT's, CWR, WR, Amplifiers) that

comprise a typical WDM NE etc.

• Operations: protection options, user panel and interfaces

• NE Setup: provisioning for a standalone NE shelf, hands­on provisioning exercises for shelf

setup

• System Turn­up and Testing: hands­on system provisioning, TOADM and Linear TOADM

applications using EPT configuration files for commissioning the system. Instructor led

classroom or lab delivery only

Note: this course does not cover the use of EPT design and creation of the EPT file used, it must

be provided based on the equipment configuration to be commissioned. Also the WebUI

commissioning power balancing tool (CPB) and the 1354RM­PhM will be used in the hands­on

exercises for the power commissioning in a classroom environment only.

• Maintenance: Wavelength Tracker, logs, reports, alarms, etc. Hands­on maintenance exercises.

• Administration: user accounts, logins, security, database backups/restore etc. Hands­on

administration exercises.

• Service creation exercises: hands­on provisioning exercises for a variety of the circuit pack

options

Note: that the hands­on procedures in this lesson maybe be optional based on lab equipment

configuration and they do not include all the circuit packs options offered in the 1830 portfolio.

They can be delivered based on instructor and customer preference. They are design around the

Plano lab equipment configuration.

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Page 247: Partner Catalog - Nokia

247

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) - 16/32 R8.X SWDM OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE - CONTINUED

Course Number TOP30003W (cont’d)

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Students must be familiar with computers and their operations and must be familiar with

DWDM telecommunications systems and their operations. All students must first attend

TOP54079W 1830 PSS Introduction, 1830 PSS TOP54080W Hardware and Architecture

web based training.

Required

Equipment

Current 1830 PSS­32/16 shelves with the latest software must be available in a lab with

plenty of room for students to maneuver. A lab or classroom requires Ethernet

connections that will allow students to access live shelves. A typical classroom setup with

a projector capable of interfacing with a computer so that PowerPoint presentation can

be displayed for the class. A whiteboard with markers is also recommended.

This class maybe be delivered in a virtual vILT environment. However, not all the lessons

can be delivered virtually.

Page 248: Partner Catalog - Nokia

248

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

1830 PSS-4 R WDM OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

Course Number TOP30016W

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 2h

Description Overall Description:

This course is designed to enable you to Identify PSS­4 capabilities, hardware and

software features, craft interfaces used to monitor and provision the system.

Course Objectives:

• Define what an 1830 PSS­4 edge device is

• Define how the 1830 PSS­4 fits into the telecommunications network

• Describe the topology and system architecture of the 1830 PSS­4

• Identify the system hardware

• Perform system provisioning

• Perform maintenance and alarm clearing procedures

Course Outline:

• Introduction

• Product description

• Turnup

• User procedures

• Maintenance

• DWDM overview

• Define what an 1830 PSS­4 edge device is

• Define how the 1830 PSS­4 fits into the telecommunications network

• Describe the topology and system architecture of the 1830 PSS­4

• Identify the system hardware

• Perform system provisioning

• Perform maintenance and alarm clearing procedures

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Students should have already taken TOP54079W which will provide a good introduction

to the 1830 PSS products.

Required

Equipment

This class will require:

• A classroom with a whiteboard and desks

• A lab with a PSS­4 shelf for every 2 students

Page 249: Partner Catalog - Nokia

249

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

1830 PSS-4 INSTALLATION, TEST AND TURN UP

Course Number TOP30020W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 4h

Description Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, the participant will be able to:

• Identify features of the Nokia 1830 PSS­4

• Describe the topology and system architecture of the 1830 PSS­4

• Describe the Nokia1830 PSS­4 shelf design

• Properly install the 1830 PSS­4 shelf

• Perform system provisioning

• Identify and perform user operations procedures to turn up the system

• Connect the network elements to the line

• Launch a confidence trial to check the stability of the system

Course Outline:

• System General Description

• Installation

• System Turn­up

• User Operations Procedures

• Link Test and Confidence Trial

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

Candidates should have a good Installation background, good knowledge on computer

usage, and some WDM background.

Page 250: Partner Catalog - Nokia

250

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) 4 ARCHITECTURE AND HARDWARE - GPP

Course Number TOP30040W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training –1h

Description This course is designed to enable you to Identify PSS­4 capabilities, Release 8.x

hardware and architecture.

Course Objectives:

• Define what an 1830 PSS­4 edge device is

• Define how the 1830 PSS­4 fits into the telecommunications network

• Describe the topology and system architecture of the 1830 PSS­4

• Identify the system hardware

Course Outline:

• Introduction

• Product description

• DWDM overview

• Define how the 1830 PSS­4 fits into the telecommunications network

• Describe the topology and system architecture of the 1830 PSS­4

• Identify the system hardware

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 251: Partner Catalog - Nokia

251

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

1830 PSS-4/8/16/16II/32 HW ENGINEERING, INSTALLATION & BASIC COMMISSIONING R9

Course Number TOP30043

Delivery Type Instructor­Led Training – 5d

Description Course Objectives:

This class is delivered at not costs for ALU employees. The class is the successor of

TOP30019 and TOP30011 and covers ETSI and ANSI configurations.

This class is designed specifically for the Installation resources that will be deploying the

PSS­ 8/16/32 in the field at Customer Locations.

Test at the end: Students will be given a written and practical test. The passing grade is

80%,

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Understand HW Engineering requirements and outputs

• Utilize available documentation to assist in installing the 1830 PSS­8/16/32

equipment

• Identify shelf, circuit pack, and cabling requirements

• Mount the 1830 PSS­8/16/32 shelves.

• Attach power and ground to the 1830 PSS­8/16/32 shelves.

• Power up the shelf

• Install the network element software

• Add IP addresses

Course Outline:

• HW Engineering (front office & back office) overview

• 1830 PSS­8/16/32 Hardware Overview

• Physical mounting

• Power and Grounding

• Mandatory cards & Fiber installation

• Installation of network element software

• Adding IP address

Objectives

Pass online and practical Exam at the end of the course.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Candidates should have a good Installation background, good knowledge on computer

usage, and general optics background. Installers are required to bring their laptops

with them to the class.

Required

Equipment

None

Page 252: Partner Catalog - Nokia

252

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

1830 PSS 16/32 R 9.X L1 MAINTENANCE

Course Number TOP42018W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 6h

Description Overall Description:

This course covers HW mechanic aspects and L1 maintenance procedures applicable to

the 1830 PSS 16/32 equipment.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Illustrate the main cards + mechanics + interfaces of the equipment

• Illustrate the card alarms

• Perform the L1 maintenance procedures

Course Outline:

• Introduction

• Basics

• Hardware

• Interfaces

• Maintenance

• L1 maintenance procedures

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Before attending this course, the participant should have attended TOP54079W ­ 1830

PSS Introduction and TOP54080W ­1830 PSS 16­32 Architecture and Hardware.

Required

Equipment

None

Page 253: Partner Catalog - Nokia

253

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

1830 PSS-8/16II O&M

Course Number TOP51001W

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 3d

Description Overall Description:

This course is based primarily on the 1830 PSS­8/16II user operations and maintenance.

The course will discuss the hardware and perform various provisioning procedures as well

as maintenance techniques that are performed for the 1830 PSS­8/16II shelf.

This course combines both lecture and labs, with significant time for hands­on experience.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Identify the hardware and software features for R8.x

• Log into a shelf

• Perform provisioning exercises on a standalone shelf, the circuit packs and individual

circuits

Course Outline:

• Introduction

• 1830 PSS­8/16II hardware and functional description

• NE provisioning

• Service creation exercises

• Maintenance

• Administration

• Appendix 1 ­ OT

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Students must be familiar with computers and their operations and must be familiar with

WDM telecommunications systems and their operations.

Required

Equipment

1830 PSS­8/16II shelves with SW rel. 8.x loaded.

A lab or classroom requires Ethernet connections that will allow students to access live

shelves. A typical classroom setup with a projector capable of interfacing with a computer

so that PowerPoint presentation can be displayed for the class. A whiteboard with markers

is also recommended.

This class maybe be delivered in a virtual vILT environment.

Page 254: Partner Catalog - Nokia

254

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) R9.X INTRODUCTION

Course Number TOP54079W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 2h

Description This course provides an introduction to the 1830 PSS­16/32/36/64 R8.x

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe the 1830 PSS R9.x product family

• Explain the 1830 PSS R9.x network topology applications

Course Outline:

• 1830 PSS Product family

• 1830 PSS Converged architecture

• Network application

• Control Plane

• Management

• Summary

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

• General knowledge of digital telecommunications and SONET/SDH standards

• General knowledge of OTH/DWDM standards

• General knowledge of Ethernet over SONET/SDH standards

Required

Equipment

None

Page 255: Partner Catalog - Nokia

255

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

1830 PSS (PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH) SWDM R9.X ARCHITECTURE AND HARDWARE

Course Number TOP54080W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 1h

Description This course provides an introduction to the 1830 PSS 16/32 WDM R9.x. It covers key

features and functions, system architecture and hardware description of the

photonic compound.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe the photonic compound key features

• Describe the photonic compound hardware components

• Explain the system architecture of the photonic compound

Course Outline:

• Key features

• Hardware description

• System architecture

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

• General knowledge of digital telecommunications and SONET/SDH standards

• General knowledge of OTH/DWDM standards

• General knowledge of Ethernet over SONET/SDH standards

Required

Equipment

None

Page 256: Partner Catalog - Nokia

256

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

1350 OMS R12 PRODUCT OVERVIEW - GPP

Course Number TOP63107W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 1h

Description Overall Description:

This course aims to provide an overview of the management system layers: 1350 OMS

EML, 1350 OMS OTN including the GMRE features. It addresses the 1830 PSS SWDM (4,

16, 32) equipment. It provides also an inside of the 1350 OMS rel. 12 evolution features.

Course Objectives:

• Describe Telecommunication Management Network (TMN)

• Describe applications and components of 1350 OMS

• Explain the 1350 OMS­EML functions

• Describe1350 OMS applications

• Explain 1350 OMS network construction

• Explain path and trails management

• Describe implementation of protection services ­OTN alarms and Fault management

• Explain 1350 OMS OTN performance monitoring

• Describe architecture and features of ASON

• Explain control plane benefits

• Explain ASON configuration on 1350 OMS ­Describe ASON routing

• Describe the features of 1350 OMS R12 evolution

Course Outline:

• 1350 OMS EML

• 1350 OMS OTN

• ASON GMRE features and implementation

• 1350 OMS R12 Evolution features

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Basic telecom

Required

Equipment

None

Page 257: Partner Catalog - Nokia

257

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

1350 OMS R.13.3 MANAGED PLANE FOR 1830 PSS WDM O&M

Course Number TOP63113

Delivery Type Instructor­Led Training – 4d

Description Overall Description:

This is an Operation and Maintenance course aiming to show how to manage a network made of

1830 PSS WDM equipment at managed plane level. In the course we will learn how to take a NE

under 1350 OMS supervision, how to create maps and network topologies, how to set up the

services and how to perform maintenance.

Course Objectives:

Upon completion of this course you will learn how to:

• use the 1350 OMS Graphical interface • create NE and supervise them

• configure an 1830 PSS WDM

• construct a network representing the physical one

• perform service provisioning

• perform NE and Network maintenance

Course Outline:

• Course Introduction

• 1350 OMS graphical interface

• NE creation and supervision

• EQM

• OTH_overview

• Network construction

• Link connections

• Service provisionig

• Path_and_Trail_Management

• Wavelength_Tracker

• Cross_Connections

• Services_Protection_and_Regeneration

• Maintenance

• 1350OMS_OTN_Alarms

• PM_Management

• NE_MIB_backup_and_restore

• NE software download

• Security

• CPB tool

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Participants must have already attended an Operation & Maintenance course on 1830 PSS WDM

from local management.

Required

Equipment

1350OMS with Presentation, EML and OTN instances installed PC platform: for details concerning

the PC setup and requirements please refer to Nokia document ""1350 OMS Administration Guide:

Common GUI Functions"". Network Element: one 1830PSS for each couple of trainees is

recommended. The NE type, among Nokia 1830 PSS portfolio, must be equivalent to the Customer

deployed network. Nokia 1830 PSS portfolio: ­ 1830 PSS­4 ­ 1830 PSS­8 ­ 1830 PSS­16 ­ 1830

PSS 16 II ­ 1830 PSS­32

Page 258: Partner Catalog - Nokia

258

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

VITALSUITE PRICING AND SIZING

Course Number TOS00001V

Delivery Type Virtual Instructor-Led Training – 2h

Description Overall Description:

In this session, students will learn about the VitalSuite RTU license model, as well as

mapping device types to RTU. By using a sample customer environment, students will

learn how to calculate the RTU license required, price VitalSuite and generate a server

architecture.

Course Objectives:

Upon completion of the course students will be able to:

• Price VitalSuite

• Generate a server architecture

Proof of competence will be determined in a follow­up meeting with the instructor, based

on results of a post­class assignment.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Completion of pre­sales training curriculum

Required

Equipment

Students must bring to the course a customer environment that needs to be to be priced

and sized.

Page 259: Partner Catalog - Nokia

259

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

TSM 8000 FUNDAMENTALS

Course Number TOS00022W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 3h

Description Overall Description:

This course describes the main TSM 8000 applications and its network architecture. It

provides an overview of the user interface and explains the main operations that you can

perform via this user interface. .

Course Objectives:

This course provides information about the TSM 8000 Network Manager through demos

made in the TSM 8000 client application.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 260: Partner Catalog - Nokia

260

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

WHEN/WHY NETWORK MANAGEMENT FOR MICROWAVE

Course Number TOS00023W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

This course covers the portfolio overview of the 9500 MPR network management.

Course Objectives:

This course answers the following question "Which Network management for the X­Haul

solutions?" by comparing the key points of the 2 microwave management platforms: the

5620 SAM and the TSM­8000.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 261: Partner Catalog - Nokia

261

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

VITALSUITE INSTALLATION AND ADMINISTRATION

Course Number TOS00050

Delivery Type Instructor­Led Training – 5d

Description Overall Description:

In this session, students will learn how to install the VitalSuite application and network

performance management solution on a Windows Server. This course will cover various

VitalSuite capabilities and information on administration functions such as device and

resource discovery, threshold configuration, domain creation, agent installation, report

definition and more, to customize VitalSuite to meet the monitoring requirements.

Course Objectives:

Students will be able to :

• Deploy VitalSuite components (ex. VitalNet, VitalApps, VitalART, and VitalRealtime)

• Complete basic maintenance and troubleshooting tasks

• Configure the VitalSuite solution to monitor applications and network

• Identify VitalSuite key capabilities to effectively manage the environment

Proof of competence will be determined in a follow-up meeting with the instructor,

based on results of a post­class assignment.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Understanding of application and network environment, including experience in software

and hardware environment.

Required

Equipment

Laptop computer

Page 262: Partner Catalog - Nokia

262

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

VITALQIP INSTALLATION

Course Number TOS00201W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 1h30

Description Overall Description:

This session will provide administrators with a guided installation training for the

VitalQIP IP address management solution in various deployment scenarios.

Course Objectives:

The session will provide training on installation of VitalQIP in software and appliance

deployments.

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Basic operating system knowledge

Required

Equipment

None

Page 263: Partner Catalog - Nokia

263

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NFM-P NETWORK AND SERVICE TROUBLESHOOTING

Course Number TOS36025

Delivery Type Instructor­Led Training – 4d

Description Overall Description:

This course provides participants with techniques, skills and best practices for

troubleshooting network and service problems with the 5620 SAM. Through extensive

practical examples and hands­on exercises, participants will develop skills at using SAM

alarms, statistics, the navigation tree, and the service test manager as troubleshooting

tools. This is an instructor­led course and provides each student with extensive hands­on

equipment training from a Nokia lab environment.

Course Objectives:

Upon completion of the course, students will be able to:

• Understand the general methodology and tools available to troubleshoot network

and service problems with the 5620 SAM.

• Manage alarms and effectively use them to identify the source of problems in the

network.

• Use navigation trees and topology views to help isolate problems.

• Use the Service Test Manager to create, schedule and run test suites.

• Describe the types of statistics that can be collected with the 5620 SAM and the

situations where performance and accounting statistics can be useful for

troubleshooting.

• Use the 5620 SAM to troubleshoot common network routing issues.

• Use the 5620 SAM to monitor, optimize and troubleshoot MPLS LSPs.

• Use the 5620 SAM to validate, monitor and troubleshoot problems with Layer 2 and

Layer 3 services.

• Use the Policy Audit tool to track policy changes and identify local and global policy

mismatches.

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Page 264: Partner Catalog - Nokia

264

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NFM-P NETWORK AND SERVICE TROUBLESHOOTING - CONTINUED

Course Number TOS3625 (cont’d)

Description Course Outline:

• Module 1 – Introduction to Troubleshooting with the 5620 SAM

Get a general overview of using SAM to troubleshoot a network and the benefits it

can provide a customer.

• Module 2 – SAM Alarms

Provides an in-depth understanding of alarms and alarm management within SAM.

Emphasis is placed on using best practices and using alarms to troubleshoot

common network issues.

• Module 3 – Navigation Trees

Gives an overview of how navigation trees can be used for troubleshooting. Includes

trees in particular object forms such as the service component tree.

• Module 4 – Topology Views

Provides an overview of topology views and how they can be used for

troubleshooting.

• Module 5 – Service Test Manager

Provides an in-depth view of the Service Test Manager. Introduces all tools and

highlights examples of using these tools to troubleshoot particular scenarios.

Particular attention is paid to using a best-practices approach.

• Module 6 – Statistics

Provides an overview of how to use performance and accounting statistics for

troubleshooting.

• Module 7 – Troubleshooting IGP

Describes how various tools can be used to troubleshoot common IGP issues.

Emphasis is placed on using a best-practices approach

• Module 8 – Troubleshooting MPLS

Provides a thorough overview of the tools available to troubleshoot MPLS problems

and provides examples of how to use these tools to troubleshoot common LSP and

MPLS issues

• Module 9 – Troubleshooting services

Provides an in-depth view of how to use SAM to troubleshoot service level issues.

The goal is to show all the tools necessary, then provide examples of using these

tools to troubleshoot particular services and scenarios. Particular attention is paid

to using a best-practices approach.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 265: Partner Catalog - Nokia

265

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

ACM TENDERING TOOL

Course Number TOS00025W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

Video to show how to use the ACM tool to configure the 9500 MPR for the needed

application and obtain the relevant BOQ (list of necessary equipment materials, RTU (SW

licenses), installation materials and antennas).

Course Objectives:

To let preparation of BOQ for each required and available network solution

Course Outline:

Video presentation on the BOQ preparation with the proprietary ACM tool

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Background on MW systems and on 9500 MPR Packet Radio system

Required

Equipment

None

Page 266: Partner Catalog - Nokia

266

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

5620 SAM (SERVICE AWARE MANAGER) R14.0 FUNDAMENTALS

Course Number TOS36033WS0K

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 8h

Description The 5620 SAM R13.0 Fundamentals training course features a balance of theory modules and

hands­on interactive software simulation exercises to provide technical personnel and network

operators with foundations for using SAM to: perform network equipment discovery, management,

monitoring and supervision; identify alarms rose against equipment and services; obtain details

about alarm management and filtering, alarm types, severity, status and correlation.

This course includes video presentations, step­by­step Job Aid documents, and interactive

software simulation hands­on exercises.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• List the 5620 SAM functions and main features

• Identify the 5620 SAM Applications and their function, the components of the 5620 SAM

management system, and the elements 5620 SAM GUI

• Describe the GUI workspace customization capabilities and identify the workspace elements that

can be customized

• Use the 5620 SAM navigation tree views to perform equipment management operations

• Discover network element (NE) devices on 5620 SAM

• Use 5620 SAM topology maps to manage the network and display the status of network devices

and services

• Manage the User activity logs to view information about the actions performed by each 5620

SAM client

• Generate file inventory lists for a managed device or for the entire network

• Use the 5620 SAM GUI and Fault Management SAM Application to identify alarms raised against

equipment and services, including alarm types, severity, status and correlation details

• Use the dynamic alarm list to filter and search for alarms, display correlated alarms, view alarm

history and open alarm information details

• Identify the 5620 SAM statistics collection capabilities

• Use the 5620 SAM to collect, display and save to a file performance statistics in tabular or

graphical forms for selected objects

Course Outline:

Section 1: Product Overview

• 5620 SAM Overview

• 5620 SAM Modularity

• 5620 SAM Features Overview

Section 2: System Overview

• System Architecture

• Launch the SAM GUI

• GUI Components

• SAM Windows and Forms Components and Management

• Finding Information in SAM GUI Client

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Page 267: Partner Catalog - Nokia

267

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

5620 SAM (SERVICE AWARE MANAGER) R14.0 FUNDAMENTALS - CONTINUED

Course Number TOS36033WS0K (cont’d)

Description Section 2: System Overview (cont’d)

• SAM GUI Client Workspaces

• Launch SAM Applications

Section 3: Network Management

• Node Preparation for SAM Discovery

• Network Element Discovery

• Equipment Management

• Equipment Inventory

• Topology Map ­ Components and management

• Topology Map ­ Info Tables

• Topology Map ­ Flat Maps

• User Activity

Section 4: Fault Management

• Alarm Status and Severity

• Alarm Correlation, Affecting and Aggregated Alarms

• Dynamic Alarm List

• Alarm Information Form

• Alarm Management tools

• Fault Management App – Overview

• Fault Management App ­ Views

• Fault Management App – Alarm Impact and Correlation

• Object Life Cycle State

• Historical Alarms

Section 5: Performance Management

• 5620 SAM Statistics Overview

• Performance Statistics

Section 6: Operations Administration Tools

• Network Element Backup and Restore

• Node Preparation for Discovery (NETCONF)

• Golden Config

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 268: Partner Catalog - Nokia

268

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

5620 SAM (SERVICE AWARE MANAGER) R13.0 SERVICES OPERATIONS AND PROVISIONING

Course Number TOS36042

Delivery Type Instructor­Led Training – 4d

Description Overall Description:

This course provides hands­on foundation knowledge on how to provision and manage

IP/MPLS services using the Nokia 5620 SAM. Using a combination of theoretical discussion

and hands­on exercises this instructor­led course walk students through the steps for

using the 5620 SAM to deploy and monitor virtual private network (VPN) and residential

services in a service provider's multiprotocol label switching (MPLS) network.

This course covers the provisioning of various services including: virtual private LAN

service (VPLS); Virtual lease line (VLL) services; Internet enhanced service (IES); virtual

private routed network service (VPRN); and composite services. Service supervision, OAM

diagnostics, service test manager (STM), and mirroring using the 5620 SAM are also

covered.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Explain the Nokia service concept,

• Describe the components of a service,

• Describe the VPLS, VLL, IES, and VPRN services and the steps to provision each,

• Identify alarm impacts, correlation, and affected objects, for services using the 5620

SAM Service Supervision Application,

• Describe and apply OAM diagnostic tests available for a service network,

• Describe the function of the Service Test Manager and the associated test policies,

suites, and groups,

• Define the function and steps to implement service mirrors,

• Define the function, composition and steps to provision a composite service,

• Explain the high­level requirement for QoS in service­aware networks

Course Outline:

Section 1: Overview

• Service Overview

• Network Architecture

• 5620 SAM Service Management Overview

• Common Service Management Actions Lab

Section 2: Service structure

• Service Components

• Service Tunnel Creation Lab

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Page 269: Partner Catalog - Nokia

269

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

5620 SAM (SERVICE AWARE MANAGER) R13.0 SERVICES OPERATIONS AND PROVISIONING - CONTINUED

Course Number TOS36042 (cont’d)

Description 3. Service Types and Configuration

• VPLS • VLL

• IES

• VPRN

Labs:

• VPLS Configuration

• VLL Epipe Configuration

• VLL Cpipe Configuration • IES Configuration

• VPRN Configuration 4. Service Supervision

• Service Supervision Application Overview

• Service Views and Lists

• Service Alarm Views and Lists

Labs:

• Service Supervision Application Navigation

• Service Views and Lists Navigation

• Alarm Views and Lists Navigation 5. Service and Network Tests

• OAM Diagnostics Overview

• Service Test Manager

• Service Throughput Tests

Labs:

• VPLS OAM Test Configuration

• VLL OAM Test Configuration

• Generated STM Test Configuration

• Service Throughput Test Configuration 6. 5620 SAM Service Constructs

• Mirror Service

• Composite Service

Labs:

• Service Mirror Configuration

• Composite Service Configuration

• Routed VPLS Configuration

7. Service Classification and Forwarding

• QoS Policy

• QoS policy Application Lab Optional Modules

This course is designed to give students the flexibility to extend the course by selecting one or

more of the optional modules below.

Additional VLLs

• VLL Ipipe Configuration

• VLL Apipe Configuration

Additional Service and Network Tests

• RCA Audit

• RCA Audit on a VLL Service Lab

Additional 5620 SAM Service Constructs

• Dyna

Page 270: Partner Catalog - Nokia

270

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7950 XRS / 7750 SR / 7705 SAR / 7210 SAS INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

Course Number TTP33018

Delivery Type Instructor­Led Training – 4d

Description Course Objectives:

This course will provide the participant with a thorough understanding of the installation procedures of the

chassis, cards, modules, and power units for the entire range of IP routing products which include the 7950

XRS, 7750 SR, 7705 SAR and 7210 SAS product portfolio. The participant will also learn through the command

line how to perform basic commissioning for this product portfolio.

Course Outline:

Installation elements covered in this course:

• Site preparation: rack requirements, power requirements, grounding

• Cable management: handling, routing, labeling

• Hardware installation: rack, power, cables, circuit packs, modules, SFPs

• Troubleshooting: procedures, remedial action

Commissioning elements covered in this course:

• Manual commissioning: connection, basic commands via CLI and using prebuild configuration

• Software upgrades and activation

• Troubleshooting: card, port and boot­up troubleshooting procedures and remedial action

• Advanced topics (automation tools, etc,)

Course Modules:

Module 1 ­ Introduction

Module 2 ­ 7210 SAS Site Preparation

Module 3 ­ 7210 SAS Installation

Module 4 ­ 7210 SAS Commissioning with Prebuilt Configuration

Module 5 ­ 7210 SAS Commissioning via CLI

Module 6 ­ 7705 SAR Site Preparation

Module 7 ­ 7705 SAR Installation

Module 8 ­ 7705 SAR Manual Commissioning with Prebuilt Configuration

Module 9 ­ 7210 SAR Manual Commissioning via CLI

Module 10 ­ 7210 SAR Automatic Commissioning using RATT

Module 11 ­ 7750 SR/7450 ESS Site Preparation

Module 12 ­ 7750 SR/7450 ESS Installation

Module 13 ­ 7950 XRS/7750 SR­12E Site Preparation

Module 14 ­ 7950 XRS Installation

Module 15 ­ 7750 SR12­E Installation Module 16 ­ 7x50 Commissioning

**Note: the written and practical examination portion of this class will occur on day 5, immediately following

the course completion**

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Mandatory Course Pre­requisites:

• ESD & Calibration Certification – eLearning – LMQ114W

• Fiber Cleaning: Inspect­Clean­Inspect­Connect (ICIC) Process – eLearning­ OAP00050W

• 7750 SR/7450 ESS Product Overview – eLearning­TER36095W

• 7950 XRS Product Overview –eLearning­TER36082W

• 7705 SAR 6.0 Product Overview – eLearning­ TER36084W

• 7210 SAS 6.0 Product Overview – eLearning­ TER36058W

Required

Equipment None

Page 271: Partner Catalog - Nokia

271

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

MICROWAVE TECHNOLOGY OVERVIEW

Course Number TTP63011W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 2h

Description Overall Description:

This WBT covers the Microwave Technology Overview.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, you will become familiar with:

• The Microwave Technology: which is the wireless alternative to optical fiber or cables

for realizing a link between two points of the earth surface

• The aim of this course: which is that of understanding what is specifically a Microwave

Radio Link, which frequencies are used, its generic structure, and its different

equipment configurations

Course Outline:

• Definition and Applications

• Radio Frequency Spectrum Utilization

• Generic structure of a Radio

• Different Equipment Configurations ­ Protection & Multichannel

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 272: Partner Catalog - Nokia

272

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

9500 MPR INSTALLATION, TEST & TURN UP (NON NAR)

Course Number TWT18005

Delivery Type Instructor­Led Training – 3d

Description Overall Description:

In this hands­on course designed for technicians to install and commission the 9500MPR,

learners configure radio links. Their level is assessed throughout the course.

Course Objectives:

The participant will be able to carry out the installation, configuration, acceptance tests,

and troubleshooting of the 9500 MPR link.

Course Outline:

• Understanding the equipment features and characteristics

• Referring to the technical documentation (Engineering Nokia/customer requirements

for installation)

• Installation and use of the Craft Terminal software

• Installation of the outdoor equipment: antenna, radio, wiring

• Installation of the indoor equipment: fixing of the sub­rack, wiring

• Performing the configuration of the equipment

• Performing the antennas alignment and the receive power measurement

• Executing the Site Acceptance Test Procedure and filling in the Test Result Sheet

At the end of the training session, the trainer evaluates the capacity of each trainee to carry

out the whole installation and commissioning procedure in total autonomy (see evaluation

sheet).

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

• General knowledge on Telecommunication Transport Networks

• Knowledge on Microwave Radio Links (installation, commissioning, troubleshooting)

• Knowledge on XPIC and space diversity applications highly recommended

• Knowledge on Ethernet protocol (RFC2544), SDH/PDH

• Experience on PC and Windows applications

• Microwave links installation experience is mandatory

Prior to enrolling, the participants should make sure that their "Working at Height"

certificate is up to date, as this may be requested by the Nokia trainer.

Required

Equipment

• A traditional classroom setup, overhead projector, screen and a whiteboard or easel with

markers

• A school link: minimum configuration 1+1 full protection. A third sub­rack with one core

board is to be foreseen to teach the pseudo wiring capabilities (TDM to Ethernet

aggregation)

• Installation materials and test equipment

Page 273: Partner Catalog - Nokia

273

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

9500 MPR HARDWARE INSTALLATION - GPP

Course Number TWT18014W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 1h

Description Overall Description:

Overall description of the 9500 MPR hardware installation.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, the participant will be able to carry out the installation of 9500

MPR link.

Course Outline:

• Tools and references

• Installations of MSS 8, MSS4, MSS­1c

• Description of different MPT (MPT HC with cobox, MPT HC without cobox, MPT HC XPIC,

MPT MC)

• Description of different couplers(OMT and CP) • Polarization description for coupler

and MPT

• Outdoor installation : 1+1 MPT HC with cobox, MPT HC without cobox, MPT MC

• RJ45 connector realization for MPT HC with cobox

• RJ45 AND R2CT connector realization

• Description of connections between MPT and MPT access card on MSS

• Descriptions of Indoor/Outdoor data & power connections for MPT HC, MPT MC

• Installation cards description for MSS8 and MSS4

• Indoor connections description( E1, synchronization) for MSS8, MSS4, MSS­1c

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Hardware Deployment Professional of microwave radio link systems

Required

Equipment

A laptop to read the video installation

Page 274: Partner Catalog - Nokia

274

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

9500 MPR GLOBAL MARKET NODE (MSS-1/MSS-4/MSS-8) R6.0 FUNCTIONAL AND HARDWARE

DESCRIPTION -GPP

Course Number TWT42035W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 2h15

Description Overall Description:

In this training, a description of the hardware architecture and main features of the

9500MPR is provided. This course can be taken in addition to the 9500MPR common

functionalityO&M course.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe the basic concepts of the 9500 MPR

• Describe the functionality of the 9500 MPR

• Perform system maintenance

Course Outline:

The presentation is organized as follows:

• System Description − Functional Description

− Hardware Description

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

• General knowledge of telecommunications transport networks (PDH or Ethernet),

digital transmission and radio delivery

• Experience in microwave links operation and maintenance

• PC and Windows literate

• It is highly recommended that the following course be completed prior to attending

this class: ­ Basics of the Internet and Internet Protocols ­ 3FL99159AAAA

Required

Equipment

Traditional classroom setup, overhead projector with screen, whiteboard with markers,

and login means to a working 9500 MPR R6.1 system

Page 275: Partner Catalog - Nokia

275

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

9500 MPR (MICROWAVE PACKET RADIO) R6.1 GLOBAL MARKET NODE (MSS-1/MSS-

4/MSS-8) COMMON FUNCTIONALITY OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE - GPP

Course Number TWT42036G

Delivery Type Virtual Delivery – 1d

Description Overall Description:

This is an O&M course based upon the 9500 MPR. It includes a description of the craft

terminal GUI and how to use it to configure the 9500 MPR, perform system maintenance,

performance monitoring, and troubleshooting.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Use the Craft Terminal for local configuration of the Node configuration (MPT­HL,

MSS­8, MSS ­4, and MSS­1)

• Perform system maintenance

• Perform troubleshooting starting from alarm indication

Course Outline:

• Common Functionalities − Common Functionalities Configuration

− Common Functionalities Maintenance

− Common Functionalities Maintenance

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

• General knowledge of telecommunications transport networks (PDH or Ethernet),

digital transmission and radio delivery

• Experience in microwave links operation and maintenance

• PC and Windows literate

• It is highly recommended that the following course be completed prior to attending

this class: ­ Basics of the Internet and Internet Protocols ­ 3FL99159AAAA

Required

Equipment

Traditional classroom setup, overhead projector with screen, whiteboard with markers,

and login means to a working 9500 MPR R6.1 system

Page 276: Partner Catalog - Nokia

276

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

9500 MPR (MICROWAVE PACKET RADIO) R6.1 GLOBAL MARKET ETHERNET TRAFFIC OPERATIONS

AND MAINTENANCE - GPP

Course Number TWT42037G

Delivery Type Virtual Delivery – 2d

Description Overall Description:

This is a 9500 MPR O&M course that is focused on Ethernet traffic into and out of the

9500 MPR. Objectives include: Provisioning Ethernet user ports, configuring QoS and VLAN

functions, generating Ethernet PM statistics, and working with Ethernet­related alarms.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

• General knowledge about Telecommunication Networks

• Working knowledge or digital transmission and Ethernet, networks

• Experience in microwave links operation and maintenance

• PC and Windows literate

Required

Equipment

Traditional classroom setup, overhead projector with screen, whiteboard with markers,

and login means to a working MPR 9500 R6.1 system (either ANSI or ETSI)

Page 277: Partner Catalog - Nokia

277

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

9500 MPR GLOBAL MARKET TERMINAL (MPR-E/MSS1C) R6.0 FUNCTIONAL AND HW DESCRIPTION - GPP

Course Number TWT42038W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 1h15

Description Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe the basic concepts of the 9500 MPR

• Describe the main functionalities of the 9500 MPR­e/MSS­1c

• Describe the functionality of the MPR­e outdoor units

• Describe the functionality of the indoor units

Course Outline:

Module 1 ­ Functional Description

• 9500 MPR Innovations and Overview

• Network Architecture

• Traffic Profiles

• Traffic Management and QoS

• Packet Throughput Booster and Address Pairs (Header Compression)

• Automatic Transmit Power (ATP)

• XPIC

• TMN Management

Module 2 ­ Hardware Description

• 9500 MPR­e Outdoor Units

• Indoor Units

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

• A working knowledge of Ethernet and digital transmission

• A working knowledge of the student's own network

Required

Equipment

A traditional classroom setup, an overhead projector with screen, a whiteboard or easel

with markers, and login means to a working 9500 MPR­e R6.1 system

Page 278: Partner Catalog - Nokia

278

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

9500 MPR (MICROWAVE PACKET RADIO) R6.1 GLOBAL MARKET TERMINAL (MPR-E/MSS-1C) OPERATIONS

AND MAINTENANCE - GPP

Course Number TWT42039

Delivery Type Instructor­Led Training – 1d

Description Overall Description:

This is an O&M course based upon the 9500 MPR terminal configuration (MSS­1c and

MPR­e). It includes a description of the craft terminal GUI and how to use it to configure

the 9500 MPR, perform system maintenance, performance monitoring, and

troubleshooting.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Use the Craft Terminal for local configuration of the terminal configuration (MSS­1c

and MPT­MC­MPT­HC/MPT­XP/9558HC)

• Perform system maintenance

• Perform troubleshooting starting from alarm indication

Course Outline:

• Common Functionalities

− Common Functionalities Configuration

− Common Functionalities Maintenance

• Ethernet Traffic

− Ethernet Traffic Configuration

− Ethernet Traffic Maintenance

• PDH Traffic

− PDH Traffic Configuration

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

• General knowledge of telecommunication transport networks (PDH or Ethernet), digital

transmission, and radio delivery

• Experience in microwave links operation and maintenance • PC and Windows literate

• It is highly recommended that the following course be completed prior to attending

this class ­ Basics of the Internet and Internet Protocols ­ 3FL99159AAAA

Required

Equipment Traditional classroom setup, overhead projector with screen, whiteboard with markers,

and login means to a working MPR 9500 R6.1 system

Page 279: Partner Catalog - Nokia

279

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

9500 MPR GLOBAL MARKET R6.1 RING PROTECTION O&M - GPP

Course Number TWT42041G

Delivery Type Virtual Delivery – 1d

Description Overall Description:

In this training, a functional description and functionality of the Ethernet Ring Protection

feature of the 9500 is provided. This course can be taken in addition to the 9500 MPR

common functionality O&M course.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe the basic concepts of Ethernet rings

• Use the Craft Terminal for Ethernet ring configuration

Course Outline:

• Ethernet Ring Protection − ERPS Functional Description

− ERPS Common Functionalities

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

• General knowledge of telecommunication transport networks (PDH or Ethernet), digital

transmission, and radio delivery

• Experience in microwave links operation and maintenance

• PC and Windows literate

• It is highly recommended that the following course be completed prior to attending

this class ­ Basics of the Internet and Internet Protocols ­ 3FL99159AAAA

Requ ired

Equipment

Traditional classroom setup, overhead projector with screen, whiteboard with markers,

and login means to a working MPR 9500 R6.1 system

Page 280: Partner Catalog - Nokia

280

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

9500 MPR NODE REL. 6.1 L1 MAINTENANCE - GPP

Course Number TWT63045W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 6h

Description Overall Description:

This course explains L1 maintenance procedures for the 9500 MPR Node in rel. 6.1.

No specific training material has been developed but is based on the 9500 MPR rel. 6.1

user manual­chapter trouble clearing manual.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Students must already have attended the "9500 MPR Global Market Node

(MSS1­MSS4­MSS8) ­ R. 6.1 Functional and HW Description" course.

Participants must be skilled on WT technology and with the “9500 MPR Global Market Node

(MSS1­MSS4­MSS8) ­R. 6.1 Functional and HW description" course.

Required

Equipment

A link of 9500 MPR Node equipment

Page 281: Partner Catalog - Nokia

281

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

9500 MPR TERMINAL REL. 6.1 L1 MAINTENANCE - GPP

Course Number TWT63046W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 3h

Description Overall Description:

This course explains L1 maintenance procedures for the 9500 MPR Terminal in rel. 6.1.

No specific training material has been developed but is based on the 9500 MPR MPR­e

and MSS1­C rel. 6.1 trouble clearing user manuals.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Students must already have attended the "9500 MPR Global Market 9500 MPR­e MSS1c

R.6.1 Functional and HW Description" course.

Participants must be skilled on WT technology and with "9500 MPR Global Market 9500

MPR­e MSS1c R.6.1 Functional and HW Description" course.

Required

Equipment

A link of 9500 MPR Terminal equipment

Page 282: Partner Catalog - Nokia

282

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7950 XRS / 7750 SR-12E INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

Course Number TER18008

Delivery Type ILT – 6h

Description Overall Description:

This course will provide the participant with a thorough understanding of the installation

procedures of the chassis, cards, modules, and power units for the 7950 XRS/7750

SR­12E product portfolio. The participant will also learn through the command line how

to perform basic commissioning for this product portfolio.

Course Objectives:

• Site preparation: rack requirements, power requirements, grounding

• Cable management: handling, routing, labeling

• Hardware installation: rack, power, cables, circuit packs, modules, SFPs

• Commissioning: Boot­up system and provisioning of the cards via CLI and provisioning

via pre­ build configurations

• Troubleshooting: card, port and boot­up troubleshooting procedures, remedial action

Course Outline:

Module 1 – Introduction

Module 2 ­ 7950 XRS/7750 SR­12E Site Preparation

Module 3 ­ 7950 XRS Installation

Module 4 ­ 7750 SR12­E Installation

Module 5 ­ 7x50 Commissioning

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

PC

Page 283: Partner Catalog - Nokia

283

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NEBULA TRAINING – TPC ONBOARDING INSTRUCTIONS

Course Number TER00013W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 15min

Description This training module covers the process needed for Partner’s to access the Nebula

Quoting Tool. The module will cover the steps to set up MobilePass on a user’s PC and

access the Nokia network.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 284: Partner Catalog - Nokia

284

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NEBULA TRAINING – USING VLOOKUP FOR PRICING

Course Number TER00014W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 15min

Description Overall Description:

This training consists of a Nebula User Guide and three short WBT recordings that show

users how to set up their computer in order to access Nebula, create a quote using

Nebula, and how to use the Vlookup function for pricing,

Course Objectives:

To prepare a pre­sales professional to use the Nebula tool. Specific service­router

product­related information is not included in this topic.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 285: Partner Catalog - Nokia

285

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NEBULA TRAINING – CREATING A QUOTE

Course Number TER00015W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 15min

Description This module covers how to create a quote using the Nebula tool.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 286: Partner Catalog - Nokia

286

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

ALCNA FBA TECHNOLOGIES & PRODUCTS

Course Number TAC42089E

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 1h

Description Overall Description:

The CNA FBA Technologies and Products exam will be presented to individuals who are part

of the Nokia Fixed Ultra­Broadband Access Technical Certification Program. To acquire

high­level knowledge of access technologies including basic characteristics of copper

access (DSL) and fiber access (xPON) including voice, capability of positioning the Nokia

Fixed Ultra­Broadband access products and understanding how these fit together.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 287: Partner Catalog - Nokia

287

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

CNP FBA FTTX High Cap NT INTEGRATION, OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE

Course Number TAC03504E

Delivery Type Exam – 2h

Description CNP FBA FTTx High Cap NT Integration, Operations & Maintenance Remote

Proctored Exam

This link provides access to three attempts for passing the exam, before extra

steps need to be taken.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 288: Partner Catalog - Nokia

288

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI SALES TRAINING

Course Number TMO00432W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description This course covers the sales training for the Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi portfolio.

Course Objectives:

At the end of this training, the participant will be able to understand:

• How and where to position the Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi products

• The products that make up the Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi portfolio

• Benefits of Nokia Wi-Fi solution

Course Outline:

• The need for Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi System

• Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi Product Portfolio

• Positioning Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi

• Use Cases

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Basic Understanding of Wi-Fi

Required

Equipment

None

Page 289: Partner Catalog - Nokia

289

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI PRODUCT OVERVIEW

Course Number TMO00405W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description This course covers the components and key features of the Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi product.

Course Objectives:

At the end of this training, the participant will be able to understand:

• Benefits of Nokia Wi-Fi solution

• Nokia Wi-Fi solution Portfolio

• Access Point variants and their capabilities

• Nokia Wi-Fi Controller – Features & Deployment Models

• Nokia Wi-Fi Network Architecture

• Key Features of Nokia Wi-Fi solution

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Basic Understanding of Wi-Fi

Required

Equipment

None

Page 290: Partner Catalog - Nokia

290

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI ACCESS POINT INSTALLATION

Course Number RN00144-W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description This course covers the installation of the Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi Access Points.

Course Objectives:

At the end of this training, the participant will be able to understand:

• Install Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi Access Points

• Understand different AP Configuration Modes and deployment options

• Check config and status information of AP.

Course Outline:

• Deployment Models

• AP Configuration Parameters and Modes

• Site Preparation

• AP configuration

• AP Plug and Play mode

• AP Configuration via CLI mode

• Additional Information

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Basic Understanding of Wi-Fi

Required

Equipment

None

Page 291: Partner Catalog - Nokia

291

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA HEALTH AND SAFETY EXPECTATIONS

Course Number RN00145-W

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 30min

Description This course will provide a brief overview of safety information that is required of all

project team members.

Course Objectives:

Upon completion of this module, participants should be able to:

• State Nokia’s approach on health and safety

• List what is what is expected of those working alongside Nokia for the safe delivery

of all work regardless of the scope of work

Course Outline:

• Importance of safety in the telecom industry

• Communicating work related risks and hazards

• Nokia’s safety priorities and focus areas

• Incident and accident reporting

• Effective job hazard assessment

• Refusal to accept hazardous work

• Escalating potential safety hazards

• Nokia’s Lifesaving Rules

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Basic Understanding of Wi-Fi

Required

Equipment

None

Page 292: Partner Catalog - Nokia

292

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI ACCESS POINT TROUBLESHOOTING

Course Number RN00160-W

Delivery Type Web-based Training – 30min

Description This course covers the level 1 troubleshooting on the Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi Access Points.

Course Objectives:

Upon completion of this module, participants should be able to:

• Perform troubleshooting based on Access Point LED status

• Perform troubleshooting for other common issues

Course Outline:

• Troubleshooting scenarios based on LED status

• Other Troubleshooting scenarios

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Basic Understanding of Wi-Fi

Required

Equipment

None

Page 293: Partner Catalog - Nokia

293

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI ON PREMISE CONTROLLER TROUBLESHOOTING

Course Number RN00161-W

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 1h

Description This course covers the troubleshooting on the Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi On Premise Controller.

Course Objectives:

Upon completion of this module, participants should be able to:

• Perform troubleshooting on the Nokia AirFrame Data Center Solution (NDCS)

• Perform troubleshooting on Cloud Wi-Fi Controller (cWLC)

Course Outline:

• Troubleshooting scenarios on the NDCS

• Troubleshooting scenarios cWLC

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Basic Understanding of Wi-Fi

Required

Equipment

None

Page 294: Partner Catalog - Nokia

294

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI FEATURE OVERVIEW

Course Number TMO00406W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 30min

Description This course covers the main Network Excellence and Operability/Integrated Management

features of the Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi product.

Course Objectives:

At the end of this training, the participant will be able to understand:

• Classify Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi features

• Explain Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi Operability/Integrated Management features

• Explain Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi Network Excellence features

Course Outline:

• Network Excellence Features

• Authentication and Security

• Resource Management

• Transport

• QoS and Rate Limiting

• Operability/Integrated Management Features

• OAM

• Performance and Reporting

• Availability & Scalability

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Basic Understanding of Wi-Fi

Required

Equipment

None

Page 295: Partner Catalog - Nokia

295

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

1830 PSS-24X R 9.x ARCHITECTURE & HARDWARE

Course Number TOP54112W

Delivery Type Web­Based Training – 1h

Description This course provides an introduction to the 1830 PSS-24x R 9.x. It covers its key features

and functions, system architecture and hardware description.

Course Objectives:

At the end of this training, the participant will be able to understand:

• Describe the 1830 PSS-24x key features

• Explain the system architecture

• Describe the hardware components

Course Outline:

• Key functions and features

• System architecture

• Hardware description

• Summary

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 296: Partner Catalog - Nokia

296

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

1830 PSS-24X R 9.0 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

Course Number TOP54111

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 11h

Description This course describes the operation and maintenance activities for the 1830 PSS-24x.

The course will discuss its key features and functions, system architecture and hardware

description. Some provisioning procedures as well as maintenance techniques for the

1830 PSS-24x shelf will be performed. Some service creation examples will be performed.

This course combines both lecture and labs, with significant time for hands-on experience.

Course Objectives:

At the end of this training, the participant will be able to understand:

• Describe the 1830 PSS-24x structure and the main functionalities

• Describe the system architecture, the hardware and the boards

• Perform basic configuration steps (e.g. board configuration)

• Perform connection setup procedures

• Perform general monitoring and maintenance operations

• Understand alarm management for the PSS-24x

Course Outline:

• Introduction

• Product overview and key features

• Hardware description

• Getting started

• NE setup and system turn-up

• Service creation examples

• Monitoring functions

• Alarm management

• Maintenance

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 297: Partner Catalog - Nokia

297

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

1350 OMS R14 MANAGED PLANE FOR 1830 PSS-WDM O&M

Course Number OP00111

Delivery Type Virtual Led Training – 2d

Description This is an Operation and Maintenance course aiming to show how to manage a network

made up of 1830 PSS WDM equipment at managed plane level. In the course we will learn

how to take a NE under 1350 OMS supervision, how to create maps and network topology,

how to set up the services and how to perform maintenance.

Course Objectives:

At the end of this training, the participant will be able to understand:

• use the 1350 OMS Graphical interface

• create NE and supervise them

• configure an 1830 PSS

• construct a network representing the physical one

• perform service provisioning

• perform NE and Network maintenance

Course Outline:

Section 1: Course introduction

Section 2: 1350 OMS Graphical Interface

Section 3: NE creation and supervision

Section 4 : NE configuration

Section 5 : Network construction

Section 6: Service provisioning

Section 7: Maintenance

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 298: Partner Catalog - Nokia

298

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

9500 MPR - DELTA FEATURES R6.1 TO R7.0 ETSI FULL INDOOR NODE (MSS-1/MSS-4/MSS-8)

Course Number TWT00004W

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 1h

Description 9500 MPR - Delta features R6.1 to R7.0 ETSI Full Indoor Node (MSS-1/MSS-4/MSS-8)

Exam Online in the NLDH

To pass the exam a score of 80% has to be reached.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 299: Partner Catalog - Nokia

299

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

AIRSCALE WI-FI FOR PARTNERS PRODUCT OVERVIEW WAVESPOT ADDENDUM

Course Number RN00680-M

Delivery Type Self-Study – 5min

Description Wavespot is Nokia’s preferred choice Captive Portal. This short presentation gives a high-

level description of the product, its application, examples of monetization strategies and

its major functionalities. Since the Wavespot is an optional element, this learning object is

not mandatory.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 300: Partner Catalog - Nokia

300

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302 7360 ISAM GPON BASIC CONFIGURATION

Course Number TAC05006K

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 5h00

Description Overall Description:

This course is intended for people that require knowledge on provisioning the ONT, ONT

cards and ports and associating the ONT software to the ONT after retrieving the ONT

software and downloading it to the ISAM. The course also includes newer versions like

XGS-PON and NGPON2.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Acquire the ONT software,

• Upload the ONT software to the AMS,

• Prepare and Download the ONT software to the NE,

• Understand some of the parameters of a PON port,

• Provision a PON port,

• Understand the different concepts in provisioning an ONT,

• Post-provision an ONT,

• Set the SLID in an ONT,

• Pre-provision an ONT using the SLID,

• Pre-provision ONTs using Automatic software management via the NE,

• Provision the ONT cards, and

• Provision the ONT card ports.

• Provision XGS-PON

• Provision NGPON2 (Annex / not mandatory)

Course Outline:

Section 1: general

• Course Complete

• Lab Guide Student

• Course Introduction

Section 2: ONT SW Management

• ONT SW Management

• Demo Download ONT software to NE through AMS

Section 3: GPON Provisioning

• GPON Provisioning

• Demo PON Provisioning through CLI

• Demo PON Provisioning through AMS

• Exercise PON provisioning

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Page 301: Partner Catalog - Nokia

301

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302 7360 ISAM GPON BASIC CONFIGURATION - CONTINUED

Course Number TAC05006K (cont’d)

Description Section 4: XGS-PON Provisioning

• XGS-PON Provisioning

• Demo XGS-PON Provisioning through CLI

• Demo XGS-PON Provisioning through AMS

• Exercise XGS-PON provisioning

Section 5: ONT Post-Provisioning

• ONT Post-Provisioning

• Demo PON Post Provisioning through CLI

• Demo PON Post Provisioning through AMS

• Exercise PON post provisioning

Section 6: ONT Pre-Provisioning SLID Based

• ONT Pre-Provisioning SLID Based

• Demo Provision SLID on ONT

• Demo ONT Pre-Provisioning SLID Based through CLI

• Demo ONT Pre-Provisioning SLID Based through AMS

• Exercise ONT Pre-Provisioning SLID Based

Section 7: ONT Pre-Provisioning Automatic SW Management_NE Based

• ONT Pre-Provisioning Automatic SW Management NE Based

• Demo ONT Pre-Provisioning Automatic SW Management NE Based through CLI

• Demo ONT Pre-Provisioning Automatic SW Management NE Based through AMS

• Excercises ONT Pre-Provisioning Automatic SW Management_NE Based

Section 8: ONT Card-Port Provisioning

• ONT Card-Port Provisioning

• Demo ONT Card-Port Provisioning through CLI

• Demo ONT Card-Port Provisioning through AMS

• Excercises ONT Card-Port Provisioning

Section 9: Annex: NGPON2 Provisioning

• Annex: NGPON2 Provisioning

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 302: Partner Catalog - Nokia

302

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302-7360 ISAM HIGH CAP NT: CONFIGURATION OF QOS, VIDEO(MC) AND VOIP FOR PON DEPLOYMENT

Course Number TAC05012K

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 9h30

Description Overall Description:

This is an operation course. Trainees will learn how to configure QoS, video and voice for

PON deployments.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe the different IGMP and multicast scenarios in an ISAM,

• Explain and configure IGMP and multicast in IACM and IHUB,

• Explain and configure IHUB QoS policies, rate limiting and filters,

• Explain and configure IACM PON QoS,

• Explain the different VoIP models supported in an ISAM PON ,

• Configure VoIP service.

• Explain the need for syslog messages and protocol trace to collect tracing information,

• Set up protocol trace,

• Configure syslog.

Course Outline:

Section 1: General

• Course Complete

• Lab Access Document

• Course Introduction

Section 2: IGMP and MC Configuration

• IGMP Scenarios

• IACM IGMP_MC_Configuration

• Demo-IACM_IGMP_MC_Configuration_AMS

• Demo-IACM_IGMP_MC_Configuration_CLI

• Lab Ex-IACM_IGMP_MC_Configuration via AMS CLI

• IHUB IGMP_MC_Configuration

• Demo-IHUB_IGMP_MC_Configuration_AMS

• Demo-IHUB_IGMP_MC_Configuration_CLI

• Lab Ex-IHUB_IGMP_MC_Configuration via AMS CLI

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Page 303: Partner Catalog - Nokia

303

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302-7360 ISAM HIGH CAP NT: CONFIGURATION OF QOS, VIDEO(MC) AND VOIP FOR PON DEPLOYMENT - CONTINUED

Course Number TAC05012K (cont’d)

Description Section 3: IHUB QoS Configuration

• IHUB QoS_Overview and Ingress_Policies_Configuration

• Demo-IHUB_QoS_Copy_Adjust_Ingress_Access_Profile_AMS

• Demo-IHUB_QoS_Create_Apply_Ingress_Access_Profile_AMS

• Demo-IHUB_QoS_Copy_Adjust_Ingress_Access_Profile_CLI

• Demo-IHUB_QoS_Create_Apply_Ingress_Access_Profile_CLI

• Lab Ex- IHUB QoS Ingress Policies Configuration via AMS CLI

• IHUB QoS_Egress_Policies_Configuration

• Lab Ex-IHUB_QoS_Egress_Policies_Configuration via AMS CLI

• IHUB_QoS_Rate_Limiting_and_Self_Generated_Policy_Configuration

• Demo-IHUB_QoS_Egress_Rate_Limiting_AMS

• Demo-IHUB_QoS_Egress_Rate_Limiting_NT_NW_Port_AMS

• Demo-IHUB_QoS_Ingress_Rate_Limiting_AMS

• Demo-IHUB_QoS_Egress_Rate_Limiting_CLI

• Demo-IHUB_QoS_Egress_Rate_Limiting_NT_NW_Port_CLI

• Demo-IHUB_QoS_Ingress_Rate_Limiting_CLI

• Lab Ex-IHUB_QoS_Rate_Limiting_and_Self_Generated_Policy_Configuration via AMS CLI

• IHUB_QoS_Filters_and_StormControl_Configuration

• Lab Ex-IHUB_QoS_Filters_and_StormControl_Configuration via AMS CLI

Section 4: IACM GPON QoS Configuration

• IACM GPON_QoS_Configuration

• Demo-IACM_GPON_QoS_Apply_QoS Ingress

Profile_QoS_Upstream_Bandwidth_Profile_AMS

• Demo-

IACM_GPON_QoS_Create_Apply_QoS_Scheduler_Node_Profile_QoS_Shaper_Profile_AMS

• Demo-IACM_GPON_QoS_Create_Apply_QoS Ingress

Profile_QoS_Upstream_Bandwidth_Profile_CLI

• Demo-

IACM_GPON_QoS_Create_Apply_QoS_Scheduler_Node_Profile_QoS_Shaper_Profile_CLI

• Appendix1-IACM_GPON_QoS Marking_Policing_Possibiliities_Overview

• Appendix2-IACM_GPON_QoS_SystemLevel_LT_Dimensioning

• Lab Ex-IACM GPON_QoS_Configuration via AMS CLI

Section 5: IACM GPON VoIP ONT Configuration

• IACM_GPON_VoIP_ONT_Configuration

• Demo-GPON_Voice_Standard_AMS

• Demo-GPON_Voice_Standard_CLI

• Lab Ex-IACM_GPON_VoIP_ONT_Configuration via AMS CLI

Section: END OF COURSEWARE DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION (MAXIMUM 50 modules)

Exam online in the NLDH

Page 304: Partner Catalog - Nokia

304

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302-7330-7360 ISAM SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT BKP-RST_PM & SYSLOG

Course Number TAC05014K

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 8h15

Description Overall Description:

This course covers ISAM software management, Backup & Restore, performance

monitoring and syslog.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Prepare and Download the ISAM software to the NE,

• Manage the OSWP,

• Backup an NE by direct and scheduled methods,

• Restore a backup to an NE,

• Activate PM counters (xDSL, PON, SFP, ONT and others) on an NE,

• Activate and set Threshold Crossing Alarms (TCA),

• Explain the need for syslog messages and protocol trace to collect tracing information,

• Set up protocol trace,

• Configure syslog.

Course Outline:

Section: General

• Course Complete

• Lab Access Document

Section 1: NE Software Management

• NE Software Management

• Demo - Prepare and Download NE SW to NE from PC_CLI

• Demo - Prepare and Download NE SW to NE from AMS_CLI

• Demo - OSWP DB management_CLI

• Demo - Prepare and Download NE SW to NE From AMS_AMS

• Demo - Activate and Commit New NE Downloaded SW_AMS

• Demo - Acquire and Upload NEsw to AMS

• Appendix - Acquire and Upload NEsw to AMS

• Exercise NE SW Management

Section 2: Backup and Restore

• Backup and Restore

• Demo Manual Backup through AMS

• Demo Schedule Backup AMS

• Demo Restore and Backup Management through AMS

• Demo Manual-Automatic Backup and Restore CLI

• Exercise NE Backup and Restore

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Page 305: Partner Catalog - Nokia

305

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302-7330-7360 ISAM SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT BKP-RST_PM & SYSLOG - CONTINUED

Course Number TAC05014K (cont’d)

Description Section 3: Performance Monitoring

• PM Introduction

• PM in SFP CPU NT through AMS

• Demo PM SFP CPU NT through AMS

• PM in xDSL through AMS

• Demo PM xDSL through AMS

• PM in PON through AMS

• Demo PM PON through AMS

• PM in IGMP TCA via AMS and PM TCA through CLI

• Demo PM IGMP TCA through AMS

• Demo PON XDSL through CLI

• Exercises Performance Monitoring

Section 4: Syslog

• Syslog

• Demo Configure Syslog through AMS

• Demo Configure Syslog through CLI

• Exercises Syslog

Exam online in the NLDH

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 306: Partner Catalog - Nokia

306

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302-7360 ISAM High Cap. NT/5520 AMS – L2 & L3 CONFIGURATION

Course Number TAC05016K

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 5h

Description Overall Description:

This course is intended for operators who want to learn how to configure L3 forwarding

on the ISAM. This course covers configuring ISAM for L3 forwarding, DHCP relaying and as

IHUB MPLS. Note an alternate instructor-led training TAC42057 also exists for this

learning in FBA - Instructor-led learning Aggregate learning object. Ask questions, start

discussions or add comments related to this learning via our social learning using the link

http://alu.tl/p22

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Configure ISAM for L3 Forwarding,

• Configure DHCP relay agent on the IHUB,

• Configure IP protocols in ISAM

• Create and apply filter policies

Course Outline:

Section 1: General

• Course Complete

• Lab Guide Student

• Lab Access Document

Section 2: ISAM L3 Forwarding Configuration

• ISAM L3 Forwarding Configuration

• Demo HighCap_NT_Router_Setup_Demo_AMS

• Demo HighCap_NT_Router_Setup_Demo_CLI

• Exercise L3 Forwarding Configurat ion

Section 3: IHUB DHCP Relaying

• IHUB DHCP Relaying

• Exercise IHUB DHCP Relaying

Section 4: IP Protocols

• IP Protocols

• Demo Routing Protocol OSPF setup through AMS

• Demo Routing Protocol OSPF setup through CLI

• Exercise ISAM IP Protocols

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Page 307: Partner Catalog - Nokia

307

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302-7360 ISAM High Cap. NT/5520 AMS – L2 & L3 CONFIGURATION - CONTINUED

Course Number TAC05016K (cont’d)

Description Section 5: Filter Policies

• Filter Policies

• Exercise Filter Policies

Section 6: General Intro to IHUB MPLS Configuration

• General Intro to IHUB MPLS Configuration

• Demo mpls base router

Section 7: IHUB MPLS LDP Configuration

• IHUB MPLS LDP Configuration

• Demo LDP

• Exercise IHUB MPLS LDP Configuration Exercise Book

Section 8: IHUB MPLS RSVP Configuration

• IHUB MPLS RSVP Configuration

• Demo RSVP basic config through AMS

• Demo RSVP paths through CLI

• Exercise IHUB MPLS RSVP Configuration Exercise Book

Section 9: IHUB MPLS Configuration Redundancy and Ring

• IHUB MPLS Configuration Redundancy and Ring

Section 11: Annex IHUB MPLS Static LSP Configuration

• Annex IHUB MPLS Static LSP Configuration

Section 10: Lawful intercept

• Lawful intercept on FANT-F

Exam online in the NLDH

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 308: Partner Catalog - Nokia

308

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302-7360 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT/5520 AMS – REDUNDANCY CONFIGURATIONS

Course Number TAC05018K

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 1h45

Description Overall Description:

This is an operator course. Trainees will learn about Redundancy Configurations for

7302-7330 ISAM High.Cap. NTs - 5520 AMS

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe the most important xSTP parameters,

• Describe and configure Link Aggregation (LAG),

• Describe and compare the different scenarios for access resiliency (NT redundancy),

• Configure NT protection.

Course Outline:

Section 1: General

• Course Complete

• Lab Guide Student

• Lab Access Document

Section 2: Spanning Tree Protocol Implementation

• Spanning Tree Protocol Implementation

• Demo MSTP configuration through CLI

• Demo MSTP configuration through AMS

• Exercise MSTP configuration

Section 3: Link Aggregation

• Link Aggregation

• Demo Link Aggregation creation through AMS

• Exercise Link Aggregation

Section 4: NT Redundancy and Load Sharing

• NT Redundancy and Load Sharing

Section 5: Appendix: LAG and LACP specifications

• Appendix: LAG and LACP specifications

Exam Online in the NLDH

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 309: Partner Catalog - Nokia

309

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

736X MICRO-NODES/5520 AMS BASIC COMMISSIONING

Course Number TAC05003K

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 1h45

Description Overall Description:

This course is intended for people that require knowledge on how to bring up a 736x

micro-node and perform basic commissioning. This course also includes fault

management via the AMS and CLI. Note an alternate instructor-led training TAC05003

also exists for this learning.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Explain CLI for ISAM Administration,

• Perform 7362/7363/7367 Turn-up procedure,

• Perform 7362/7363/7367 basic commissioning,

• Perform ISAM fault management via AMS,

• Perform ISAM fault management via CLI.

Section 1: general

• Course Introduction

• Lab Guide Student

• Course Introduction

Section 2: CLI Introduction for ISAM

• CLI Introduction for ISAM

• Demo CLI Introduction for ISAM

• Exercise CLI Introduction for ISAM

Section 3: 7262/ 7363/7367 Micro-nodes Turn-up Procedure

• 736x_CRAFT_over_USB

• 7362_7363_7367_Micro-nodes_Turn-up_Procedure

• Demo 7362 Mini-OLT Turn-up Procedure CLI

• Demo 7362 Mini-OLT Turn-up Procedure AMS

• Demo 7363 7367 Micro-nodes Turn-up Procedure

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Page 310: Partner Catalog - Nokia

310

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

736X MICRO-NODES/5520 AMS BASIC COMMISSIONING - CONTINUED

Course Number TAC05003K (cont’d)

Description Section 4: 7362/ 7363/7367 Micro-nodes Equipment Configuration

• 7362_7363_7367_Micro-nodes_Equipment_Configuration

• Demo 7363 Micro-nodes Basic Configuration through AMS

• Demo 7367 Micro-nodes Basic Configuration through AMS

• Demo 7363 Micro-nodes Basic Configuration through CLI

• Demo 7363 Equipment Configuration through AMS

• Demo 7363 Equipment Configuration through CLI

• Exercise Equipment configuration

Section 5: ISAM Fault Management via AMS

• ISAM Fault Management through AMS

• Demo Configure Alarm Filter through AMS

• Demo Change Alarm Entry Settings in the ISAM through AMS

• Exercise ISAM Fault Management through AMS

Section 5: ISAM Fault Management via CLI

• ISAM Fault Management through CLI

• Demo Show Alarms in the ISAM through CLI

• Demo Change Alarm Entry Settings in the ISAM through CLI

• Exercise ISAM Fault Management through CLI

Exam online in the NLDH

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 311: Partner Catalog - Nokia

311

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302-7360 ISAM NELT – B QUALITY OF SERVICE (QOS)

Course Number TAC05013K

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 7h15

Description Overall Description:

This is an operator course. Trainees will learn about configuration of QoS for NELT using

CLI and AMS.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe the different NELT-B interfaces,

• Describe the QoS possibilities of the NELT-B,

• Configure and explain the parameters for basic QoS settings: P-Bit (re)marking,

• Configure and explain the parameters for advanced QoS settings: Session Profile,

Marking Profile, Policy Profile, L2 Filter Profile, L3 Filter Profile, Action Profile,

• Configure and explain scheduling + rate limiting.

Course Outline:

Section 1: Spanning Tree Protocol: Principles

- NELT-B QoS

Section 2: Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP)

- Basic QoS - P-bit (Re)marking

Section 3: Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP)

- Advanced QoS

Section 4: Spanning Tree Protocol Implementation

- QoS Queuing, Scheduling, Policing and Shaping

Section 5: Link Aggregation

- QoS Filter Example

Section 6: NT Redundancy and Load Sharing

- Policing and Shaping limitations and constraints

Section 7: Appendix: LAG and LACP specifications

Exam Online in the NLDH

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 312: Partner Catalog - Nokia

312

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302-7330 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT / 5520 AMS BASIC COMMISSIONING

Course Number TAC05002K

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 1h55

Description Overall Description:

This course is intended for people that require knowledge on how to bring up an ISAM (High

Capacity NT) via CLI & perform basic configuration and operation using the AMS.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Explain CLI for ISAM Administration,

• Explain the High Capacity NT of ISAM,

• Perform HighCap. NT Turn-up procedure,

• Perform HighCap. NT basic commissioning,

• Prepare and configure LT and NTIO boards in ISAM,

• Configure ISAM Expansion Units,

• Perform ISAM fault management via AMS,

• Perform ISAM fault management via CLI,

• Explain System support for configuring the number of CLI sessions (ALU02024326),

• Explain Configurable operator login retry policy (ALU02048135).

Course Outline:

Section 1: general

• Course Complete

• Lab Guide Student

• Course Introduction

Section 2: CLI Introduction for ISAM

• CLI Introduction for ISAM

• Demo CLI Introduction for ISAM

• Exercise CLI Introduction for ISAM

Section 3: Introduction to HighCap NT

• Introduction to HighCap NT

Section 4: Turn-up Procedure - High Cap. NT

• Turn-up Procedure - High Cap. NT

• Demo Turn-up Procedure via CLI

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Page 313: Partner Catalog - Nokia

313

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302-7330 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT / 5520 AMS BASIC COMMISSIONING - CONTINUED

Course Number TAC05002K (cont’d)

Description Section 5: IHUB Basic Commissioning

• IHUB Basic Commissioning

• Demo Basic Commissioning

Section 6: Create NE in AMS

• Create NE in AMS

• Demo Create NE in AMS

• Exercise Create NE in AMS

Section 7: Equipment Configuration

• Equipment Configuration

• Demo Equipment Configuration

• Exercise Equipment Configuration through CLI

• Exercise Equipment Configuration through AMS

Section 8: Configure Expansion Units on 7330 FTTN

• Configure Expansion Units on 7330 FTTN

• Demo Configure Expansion Unit on 7330 FTTN

• Exercise Configure Expansion Units on 7330 FTTN through CLI

• Exercise Configure Expansion Units on 7330 FTTN through AMS

Section 9: ISAM Fault Management via AMS

• ISAM Fault Management through AMS

• Demo Configure Alarm Filter through AMS

• Demo Change Alarm Entry Settings in the ISAM through AMS

• Exercise ISAM Fault Management through AMS

Section 10: ISAM Fault Management via CLI

• ISAM Fault Management through CLI

• Demo Show Alarms in the ISAM through CLI

• Demo Change Alarm Entry Settings in the ISAM through CLI

• Exercise ISAM Fault Management through CLI

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 314: Partner Catalog - Nokia

314

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302 – 7330 ISAM DSL BASIC CONFIGURATION

Course Number TAC05005K

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 2h45

Description Overall Description:

This course explains the basics of configuring xDSL, including bonding, interworking,

vectoring and G.Fast.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Name the mandatory profiles

• Understand Profiles and Template

• Describe xDSL Bonding

• Describe how to configure interworking for SHDSL in ATM mode

• Describe how to configure interworking for SHDSL/VDSL in PTM mode

• Describe vectoring and the process to setup Vectoring

• Describe G.Fast and the process to setup G.Fast

Course Outline:

Section 1: general

• Course Complete

• Lab Guide Student

• Course Introduction

Section 2: Physical Configuration of Ports

• Physical Configuration of Ports

Section 3: Profiles and Templates

• Profiles and Templates

• Demo Profiles and Templates

Section 4: Bonding

• Bonding

• Demo Bonding

Section 5: Interworking Configuration

• Interworking Configuration

• Demo Interworking Configuration

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Page 315: Partner Catalog - Nokia

315

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302 – 7330 ISAM DSL BASIC CONFIGURATION - CONTINUED

Course Number TAC05005K (cont’d)

Description Section 6: Vectoring

• Vectoring

• Demo Vectoring

• Lab Exercise Configure DSL through AMS

Section 7: G.Fast

• G.Fast

• Demo G.Fast

• Lab Exercise Configure G.Fast through AMS

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 316: Partner Catalog - Nokia

316

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302 – 7360 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT/5520 AMS L2 & PPoX FORWARDING

Course Number TAC05009K

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 6h15

Description Overall Description:

This course is intended for people that require knowledge on how to configure L2 &

PPPoX forwarding for 7302 and 7360 ISAMs High.Cap. NT - 5520 AMS. It also covers the

Intelligent bridging features and steps on how to configure the same.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

- Explain the basic concepts of Ethernet

- Explain ISAM as an Intelligent Bridge

- Explain and configure L2 forwarding service in IHUB

- Explain and configure L2 forwarding VLANs in IACM

- Explain and enable secure forwarding in IACM

- Explain and enable virtual MAC addresses implementation in ISAM

- Describe the different models for PPP handling in the ISAM

- Explain the cross-connect VLAN implementation in ISAM

- Configure the Cross-connect VLAN

- Explain and Configure mirroring in ISAM to monitor traffic

Course Outline:

Section 1: general

• Course Complete

• Lab Guide Student

• Course Introduction

Section 2: ISAM as an L2-iBridge

• ISAM as an L2-iBridge

Section 3: IHUB L2 Forwarding Configuration

• IHUB L2 Forwarding Configuration

Section 4: Intelligent Bridging IACM Configuration

• Intelligent Bridging IACM Configuration

• Demo C-VLAN-RB-Unstacked Creation through CLI

• Demo C-VLAN-RB-Unstacked Creation through AMS

• Demo v-VPLS Creation for RB C-VLAN through CLI

• Demo v-VPLS Creation for RB C-VLAN through AMS

• Demo Untagged RB C-VLAN Associations in GPON CLI

• Demo Untagged RB C-VLAN Associations in GPON AMS

• Exercise Intelligent Bridging IACM Configuration through CLI

• Exercise Intelligent Bridging IACM Configuration through AMS CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Page 317: Partner Catalog - Nokia

317

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7302 – 7360 ISAM HIGH CAP. NT/5520 AMS L2 & PPoX FORWARDING - CONTINUED

Course Number TAC05009K (cont’d)

Description Section 5: Enhanced Intelligent Bridging Configuration

• Enhanced Intelligent Bridging Configuration

• Demo E-I-Bridge VLAN Configuration CLI

• Demo E-I-Bridge VLAN Configuration AMS

• Exercise Enhanced Intelligent Bridging Configuration through CLI

• Exercise Enhanced Intelligent Bridging Configuration through AMS

Section 6: Virtual MAC Configuration

• Virtual MAC Configuration

• Demo Virtual MAC Configuration through CLI

• Demo Virtual MAC Configuration through AMS

• Exercise Virtual MAC Configuration through CLI

• Exercise Virtual MAC Configuration through AMS

Section 7: PPPoX Handling in ISAM

• PPPoX Handling in ISAM

• Demo PPPoX Handling in ISAM thorugh CLI

• Demo PPPoX Handling in ISAM through AMS

• Exercise PPPoX Handling in ISAM through AMS

• Exercise PPPoX Handling in ISAM through CLI

Section 8: ISAM as a L2-CC

• ISAM as a L2-CC

Section 9: Cross Connect IACM Configuration

• Cross Connect IACM Configuration

• Demo CC C-VLAN Creation through CLI

• Demo CC C-VLAN Creation through AMS

• Demo v-VPLS Creation for CC C-VLAN unstacked through CLI

• Demo v-VPLS Creation for CC C-VLAN unstacked through AMS

• Exercise Cross Connect IACM Configuration through CLI

• Exercise Cross Connect IACM Configuration through AMS

Section 10: IHUB Mirroring Configuration

• IHUB Mirroring Configuration

• Demo IHUB Mirroring Configuration through CLI

• Demo IHUB Mirroring Configuration through AMS

• Exercise IHUB Mirroring Configuration through CLI

• Exercise IHUB Mirroring Configuration through AMS

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 318: Partner Catalog - Nokia

318

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

CUSTOMER SERVICE DESK CLERK

Course Number SMAAAJG-W

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

This module is designed to help in Nokia Customer Service Desk interactions with Nokia

customers requesting Maintenance support.

This course covers the importance of the Service Desk Clerk, identifies the benefits a

Service Desk brings to customers, and explains what the in house Technical Support

resources will need to resolve customer tickets.

Exam Online in the NLDH

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 319: Partner Catalog - Nokia

319

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

SELLING TO HIGHWAY AGENCIES AND DEPARTMENTS OF TRANSPORTATION

Course Number GP00601-W

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 1h

Description Overall Description:

By attending this training, you will understand the challenges of highway operations that

highway agencies and departments of transportation face every day, and you will also

understand the according requirements for their communications infrastructure. You will

learn how to identify target customers and how to engage with them. You will understand

the Nokia value proposition including value drivers and key competitive differentiators;

and you will understand the Nokia portfolio for intelligent highways. You will get an

introduction to selected reference cases and you will know where to find further

information for your engagements with customers.

Course Objectives :

• Understand the challenges of highway operations and according requirements for

communications infrastructure

• Learn how to identify target customers and how to engage with them

• Understand the Nokia value proposition for intelligent highways including value drivers

and key differentiators

• Understand the Nokia portfolio for intelligent highways

• Get an introduction to selected reference cases

• Know where to find further information

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 320: Partner Catalog - Nokia

320

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

OPTICAL TRANSPORT SECURITY: L1 SECURITY WITH NOKIA 1830

Course Number TBU00114W

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

Current events have focused on highly publicized security breaches across many

industries and governments around the world. The costs are real in terms of lost

revenue, interruption of vital services, loss of customer assets, and information. Worse is

the loss of confidence. Effective security includes more than data encryption, it includes

multiple mechanisms to guard against data theft and network interruption. Optical

Transport Partners will learn of the many competitive advantages of the Nokia 1830 PSS

and how they can monetize these advantages to grow their business.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 321: Partner Catalog - Nokia

321

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

HOW TO OPEN A TICKET AT NOKIA

Course Number SMAABAG-W-1801

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 15min

Description This course explains how Nokia offers support for legacy Alcatel-Lucent contracts

through OLCS and for all contracted Nokia customers through NOLS.

Exam Online in the NLDH

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 322: Partner Catalog - Nokia

322

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER – PACKET) REL 17 FUNDAMENTALS

Course Number TOS00060W

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 6h

Description Overall Description:

This is a Web-based learning course designed to provide technical personnel and network

operators with foundations for using the NFM-P to: perform network equipment

discovery, management, monitoring and supervision; identify alarms rose against

equipment and services; obtain details about alarm management and filtering, and alarm

types, severity, status and correlation.

Course Objectives:

Upon completion of this course, student will be able to:

● List the NFM-P functions and main features

● Describe the GUI workspace customization capabilities and identify the workspace

elements that can be customized

● Use the NFM-P navigation tree views to perform equipment management operations

● Discover and view network element (NE) devices in the NFM-P GUI

● Use NFM-P topology maps to manage the network and display the status of network

devices and services

● Generate file inventory lists for a managed device or for the entire network

● Use the NFM-P GUI to identify alarms raised against equipment and services, including

alarm types, severity, status and correlation details

● Use the dynamic alarm list to filter and search for alarms, display correlated alarms,

view alarm history and open alarm information details

● Identify the NFM-P statistics collection capabilities

● Use the NFM-P to collect, display and save to a file performance statistics in tabular or

graphical forms for selected objects

Course Outline:

Section 1 Introduction to NFM-P

● NFM-P Features Overview

● Launch the GUI

● GUI Components

● Client Windows and Forms

● Finding Info in the GUI

● GUI Workspaces

Section 2 Creating the Managed Network

● Node Preparation for Discovery (SNMP)

● Network Element Discovery

● Node Preparation for Discovery (NETCONF)

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Page 323: Partner Catalog - Nokia

323

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER – PACKET) REL 17 FUNDAMENTALS - CONTINUED

Course Number TOS00060W (cont’d)

Description Section 3 Network Topology Management

● Equipment Management

● Topology Map Components

● Map Info Tables

● Equipment Inventory

● Flat Maps

Section 4 Alarms Management

● Alarms Status and Severity

● Application Impact Correlation

● Dynamic Alarms List

● Alarm Info Window

● Object Life Cycle

● Historical Alarms

Section 5 Node Configuration Management

● Node Backup and Restore

● Golden Config

Section 6 Statistics

● Statistics Overview

● Performance Statistics

Target Audience:

The primary audience for this course is technical personnel using the NFM-P GUI to

monitor the network, reporting network alarms and monitor performance.

A secondary audience includes technical personal and internal Nokia employees requiring

skills and experience on the use and operations capabilities of the NFM-P as foundational

knowledge in order to pursue other course(s) of any of the NokiaEDU training paths

involving NFM-P equipment management, monitoring, and/or provisioning.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

● Basic understanding of IP Networks

● Basic understanding of technical English

● Introduction to NSP (Network Services Platform) Rel 17 | TOS00059W

Required

Equipment

None

Page 324: Partner Catalog - Nokia

324

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER – PACKET) REL 17 SERVICE OPERATIONS AND PROVISIONING – ENHANCED OAM

Course Number TOS42102

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 3d

Description Overall Description:

The content in this training is intended to develop a good understanding of the

technologies and principles to configure, monitor, and perform basic troubleshooting of

Virtual Private Routed Networks (VPRN) in addition to

understanding the enhanced OAM (Operations, Administration and Maintenance) tools

included in the 5620 SAM, including: Mirror services; IEEE 802.1ag CFM (Connectivity

Fault Management); ITU-T Y.1731 CFM; MEF EFM (Metro Ethernet Forum Ethernet First

Mile); and, the proprietary Copy/ Move function for SAPs (Service Access Points) and

Services.

This course is a combination of theoretical discussion and hands-on practical exercises

using the NFM-P (Network Functions Manager - Packet) as the primary management

interface.

For more extensive content tailoring, please contact the NokiaEDU Regional Contact

Center listed at https://networks.nokia.com/nokiaedu

Course Objectives:

· Explain the operation and demonstrate their ability to successfully configure, validate,

monitor and perform basic troubleshooting of a VPRN service (Layer 3 VPN) including the

BGP (Border Gateway Protocol) infrastructure to support this service

· Explain the motivators for implementing Ethernet fault management mechanisms,

including: EEE802.1ag and ITU-T Y.1731 CFM; and, MEF EFM

· Explain the operations and demonstrate their ability to successfully configure, monitor

and validate the administrative and operational status of a mirror service.

· Explain the operations and demonstrate their ability to successfully configure, monitor

and validate the administrative and operational status of IEEE 802.1ag CFM

· Explain the operations and demonstrate their ability to successfully configure, monitor

and validate the administrative and operational status of ITU-T Y.1731 CFM

· Explain the operations and demonstrate their ability to successfully configure, monitor

and validate the administrative and operational status of MEF EFM

· Explain the operation and demonstrate their ability to successfully configure, monitor

and validate the administrative and operational status of the Copy/Move feature for

SAPs (Service Access Point) and Services

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Page 325: Partner Catalog - Nokia

325

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER – PACKET) REL 17 SERVICE OPERATIONS AND PROVISIONING – ENHANCED OAM - CONTINUED

Course Number TOS42102 (cont’d)

Description Course Outline:

Section 1

· BGP (Border Gateway Protocol) - Overview

· Understanding VPRN (Virtual Private Routed Networks)

· VPRN Service Configuration

Section 2

· Understanding Enhanced Service OAM – Overview

· Understanding Mirror Service

Section 3

· Understanding Ethernet Fault Connectivity Management

· Connectivity Fault Management IEEE 802.1ag

· Connectivity Fault Management ITU-T Y.1731

· MEF (Metro Ethernet Forum) EFM (Ethernet First Mile)

Section 4

· Operational Maintenance – Overview

· Using Copy/ Move for SAPs

· Using Copy/ Move for Services

Lab Exercises:

· BGP Configuration

· VPRN Service Configuration

· VPRN Service Connectivity Validation

· Service Test Manager (STM) Testing

· Service Throughput Test (STT)

· CFM IEEE 802.1ag Tests

· CFM ITU-T Y.1731 Tests

· MEF Ethernet First Mile (EFM) Tests

Copy/ Move for SAPs (Service Access Points)

· Copy/ Move for Services

NOTES:

Participants are assumed to have completed TOS42102 NFM-P (Network Function

Manager - Packet) Service Operation and Provisioning – Fundamentals, or have

equivalent knowledge, prior to commencing this training.

Target Audience:

Technical personnel using the NFM-P (Network Functions Manager - Packet) to monitor

and maintain an IP/MPLS service provider network.

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Page 326: Partner Catalog - Nokia

326

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER – PACKET) REL 17 SERVICE OPERATIONS AND PROVISIONING – ENHANCED OAM - CONTINUED

Course Number TOS42102 (cont’d)

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

TOS42101 NFM-P (Network Functions Manager - Packet) Services Operations and

Provisioning - Fundamentals, or equivalent knowledge

Required

Equipment

NFM-P Rel 17 Server

NFM-P Client

Managed network (8+ nodes)

Page 327: Partner Catalog - Nokia

327

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER – PACKET) REL 17 SERVICE OPERATION AND FUNDAMENTALS

Course Number TOS42101

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 2d

Description Overall Description:

The content in this training is intended to develop a good understanding of the

technologies and principles to

configure, monitor, and perform basic troubleshooting of Ethernet based customer

services in an SR OS-based environment, including: understanding the SR OS service

model; understanding simple Ethernet services (ePipe, VPLS and IES); service templates;

and, service OAM tools.

This course is a combination of theoretical discussion and hands-on practical exercises

using the NFM-P (Network Functions Manager - Packet) as the primary management

interface.

For more extensive content tailoring, please contact the NokiaEDU Regional Contact

Center listed at https://networks.nokia.com/nokiaedu

NOTE: The content in this course is relevant for all current NFM-P Releases.

Course Objectives:

· Identify and explain the function of each component of the SR OS Service model.

· Explain the operation of the Ethernet Pipe (ePipe) service and demonstrate their ability

to successfully configure and validate the administrative and operational status of the

service components.

· Explain the operation of the Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) and demonstrate their

ability to successfully configure and validate the administrative and operational status of

the service components.

· Explain the operation of the Internet Enhanced Service (IES) and demonstrate their

ability to successfully configure and validate the administrative and operational status of

the service components.

· Explain the motivators for deploying service templates and demonstrate their ability to

successfully configure and validate the administrative and operational status of services

created from existing templates.

Course Outline:

· SR OS Service Model – Overview

· Ethernet Pipe (ePipe) Service – Overview

· Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) – Overview

· Internet Enhanced Service (IES) - Overview·

· Understanding Service Templates

· Understanding Service OAM

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Page 328: Partner Catalog - Nokia

328

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER – PACKET) REL 17 SERVICE OPERATION AND FUNDAMENTALS - CONTINUED

Course Number TOS42101 (cont’d)

Description Lab Exercises:

· Configure Service Tunnels

· ePipe Service Configuration

· VPLS Service Configuration

· IES Configuration

· VLL (Virtual Leased Line) Service OAM

· VPLS (Virtual Private LAN Service) OAM

· IES OAM

Training Recommendations:

NFM-P (Network Functions Manager - Packet) IP/MPLS Network Provisioning –

Fundamentals | TOS41001, or equivalent knowledge.

NFM-P (Network Functions Manager – Packet) Fundamentals | TOS00059W (TOS00059V),

or equivalent knowledge

Audience:

Technical personnel using the NFM-P (Network Functions Manager - Packet) to monitor

and maintain an IP/MPLS service provider network.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

C

Page 329: Partner Catalog - Nokia

329

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER – PACKET) REL 17 SERVICE OPERATION AND PROVISIONING –

SERVICE INTERCONNECTION

Course Number TOS42103

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 2d

Description Overall Description:

The content in this training is intended to develop a good understanding of the

technologies and principles to configure, monitor, and use the appropriate tools to

validate interconnected services within an SR OS based service network, including: SC

(Service Connectors); SCP (Service Connection Points); Routed VPLS; RCA (Root Cause

Analysis) Audit; and, applying QoS policies.

This course is a combination of theoretical discussion and hands-on practical exercises

using the NFM-P (Network Functions Manger - Packet) as the primary management

interface.

For more extensive content tailoring, please contact the NokiaEDU Regional Contact

Center listed at https://networks.nokia.com/nokiaedu

Course Objectives:

· Explain the motivators for implementing interconnected services

· Explain the purpose and demonstrate their ability to successfully configure and monitor

interconnected services using service connectors as well as validate its administrative

and operational status

· Explain the purpose and demonstrate their ability to successfully configure and monitor

interconnected services using service connection points as well as validate its

administrative and operational status

· Explain the operation and demonstrate their ability to successfully configure and

monitor a Routed VPLS and use the appropriate tools to validate its administrative and

operational status.

· Explain the operation and demonstrate their ability to successfully use the RCA Audit

function to validate the administrative and operational status of the interconnected

services.

· Explain the purpose and demonstrate their ability to successfully configure and validate

QoS policies in an SR OS based network and use the appropriate tools to validate its

administrative and operational status

Course Outline:

Section 1

· Composite services - Overview

Section 2

· Understanding RCA (Root Cause Analysis) Audit

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Page 330: Partner Catalog - Nokia

330

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NFM-P (NETWORK FUNCTIONS MANAGER – PACKET) REL 17 SERVICE OPERATION AND PROVISIONING –

SERVICE INTERCONNECTION - CONTINUED

Course Number TOS42103 (cont’d)

Description Section 3

· Quality of Service (QoS) – Overview

Lab Exercises:

· SC (Service Connectors) for Composite Services

· SCP (Service Connection Points) for Composite Services

· Routed VPLS

· RCA (Root Cause Analysis) Audit

· QoS (Quality of Service) Policies

Target Audience:

Technical personnel using the NFM-P to monitor and maintain an IP/MPLS service

provider network.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

TOS42101 NFM-P (Network Functions Manager - Packet) Service Operation and

Provisioning – Fundamentals, or equivalent knowledge

Required

Equipment

NFM-P Server

Managed network (8+ nodes)

Page 331: Partner Catalog - Nokia

331

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

WAVELITE PRODUCT OVERVIEW

Course Number OP00702-W-1710

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 1h

Description Overall Description:

This is an Sales Engineer overview of the Wavelite product.

Course Objectives:

The Course will describe the product family suite, i.e Metro 200, Access 200, Metro 20

Metro Amplifier and Metro Mux 16.

The course will describe the hardware of the equipment and its functionalities, the

network configuration, the encryption, the WEBui and NFM-T management and the

commissioning Expert Wavesuite Mobile App.

Course Outline:

• Market opportunities with Wavelite

• WaveLite value proposition

• Product overview

• Metro 200, Metro 20 and Access 200

• Mux16 and Amplifier

• Network configuration

• Layer 1 encryption

• WaveLite manager WEBUI

• Network Service Platform (NSP)

• WaveSuite Commissioning Expert – Mobile App

• WaveLite Orderable items (Hardware, SW & documentation, Pluggables)

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 332: Partner Catalog - Nokia

332

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

WAVELITE FAMILY R1.0 O&M

Course Number OP00509

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 2d

Description Overall Description:

This is an Operation and maintenance course on the Wavelite suite, i.e. Metro 200,

Access 200, Metro 20 Metro Amplifier and Metro Mux 16.

The course will describe the hardware of the equipment and its functionalities.

Local management SW to perform configuration, provisioning, see alarm and

performance monitoring is shown during the training. Explanations and demos are

provided.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 333: Partner Catalog - Nokia

333

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

SALESFORCE NAVIGATION BASICS

Course Number TBU31132W

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

Salesforce navigation basics; includes SF set up, personal information updates, basic SF

terminology, user role and visibility.

Learning Goals & Strategy: Salesforce Navigation Basics (SF101) is an introductory course

on the SF application. At the conclusion of this course, the user will have learned the

basics of navigating SF, terminology associated with SF, and system setup options.

Course Objectives: To understand the basics of setting up SF to prepare for role specific

end user training.

Target Audience:

NAR and EMEA Sales Management

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 334: Partner Catalog - Nokia

334

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

WAVELITE CONFIG TOOL

Course Number OP00733-M-01

Delivery Type Self-Study – 1h

Description Overall Description:

This xls tool is used to configure and create the BoM for the Nokia Wavelite family.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 335: Partner Catalog - Nokia

335

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA VITALQIP ADMINISTRATION

Course Number AP00120-V-0812

Delivery Type Instructor-Led Training – 3d

Description Overall Description:

This course provides details on the VitalQIP (VQIP) OAM&P tasks.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe overall function and features of VitalQIP

• Describe the VitalQIP components and architecture

• Describe service policies

• Describe IPv4 address management, including for networks, subnets and addresses

• Describe IPv6 address management, including for pools, blocks, subnets, and

addresses

• Practice IPv4 and IPv6 address management

• Describe DNS server operations, including for zones and records

• Describe operations for DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 servers, including for templates,

scopes/ranges and failovers

• Practice DNS, DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 server operations

• Describe DNS Views, DNSSEC, DNS Firewalls (Response Policy Zones [RPZs])

• Describe Global Search

• Describe auditing

• Describe dashboard

• Describe User-Defined Attributes

• Describe CLI Commands

Course Outline:

Topics that will be discussed are:

• Function and features of VitalQIP

• VitalQIP components and architecture

• Service policies

• IPv4 address management, including for networks, subnets and addresses.

• IPv6 address management, including for pools, blocks, subnets, and addresses.

• IPv4 and IPv6 address management

• DNS server operations, including for zones and records

CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE

Page 336: Partner Catalog - Nokia

336

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA VITALQIP ADMINISTRATION - CONTINUED

Course Number AP00120-V-0812 (cont’d)

Description Course Outline: (cont’d)

Topics that will be discussed are:

• Operations for DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 servers, including for templates, scopes/ranges

and failovers

• DNS, DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 server operations

• DNS Views, DNSSEC, DNS Firewalls (Response Policy Zones [RPZs])

• Auditing

• Dashboard

• User-Defined Attributes

• CLI Commands

Primary Audience

The intended audience for this course is customer and Nokia personnel who are

responsible for operating the VitalQIP (VQIP).

Secondary Audience

Internal Nokia employees aiming to learn the basic operations capabilities of the VQIP.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Knowledge of DNS and DHCP functionality is highly recommended.

Required

Equipment

None

C

Page 337: Partner Catalog - Nokia

337

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

SALESFORCE NAVIGATION BASICS

Course Number TBU31132W

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

Salesforce navigation basics; includes SF set up, personal information updates, basic SF

terminology, user role and visibility.

Learning Goals & Strategy: Salesforce Navigation Basics (SF101) is an introductory course

on the SF application. At the conclusion of this course, the user will have learned the

basics of navigating SF, terminology associated with SF, and system setup options.

Course Objectives: To understand the basics of setting up SF to prepare for role specific

end user training.

Target Audience:

NAR and EMEA Sales Management

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 338: Partner Catalog - Nokia

338

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NPM VITALSUITE – VITAL REALTIME OPERATION

Course Number OS88282-W-1710

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 1h

Description Overall Description:

This course provides details on the VitalRealTime function of the Vital Suite product.

Course Objectives:

This course is conceptual with optional demonstrations available from the materials.

These materials will result in users being able to:

• Explain the role VitalRealTime performs in the VitalSuite product

• Describe the various types of thresholds that can be applied using VitalRealTime and

lists the various types of alarms that are triggered when thresholds are exceeded.

• Access the Topology maps

• Demonstrate how to use VitalRealTime to do drill-down details network conditions in

their network

Course Outline:

• Performance Monitoring Challenges

• NPM VitalRealTime Introduction

• VitalRealTime Threshold Features

• VitalRealTime Key Features

• Summary of Benefits

Target Audience:

Personnel who operate the VitalSuite and use the VitalRealTime function

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 339: Partner Catalog - Nokia

339

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NPM VITALSUITE – ADVANCED REPORTING TOOLKIT (ART) OPERATIONS

Course Number OS88283-W-1710

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 1h

Description Overall Description:

This course provides details on the VitalArt function of the Vital Suite product.

Course Objectives:

This course is conceptual with optional demonstrations available from the materials.

These materials will result in users being able to:

• Explain the role VitalArt performs in the VitalSuite product

• Describe how to create, execute and view reports created using VitalArt

• Show how to schedule a report

Course Outline:

• VitalART Introduction

• VitalART Report Creation

• VitalART Report Execution

Target Audience:

Personnel who operate the VitalSuite and use the VitalArt function

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 340: Partner Catalog - Nokia

340

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

VITALSUITE – VITALNET OPERATION

Course Number OS88281-W-1710

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 1h

Description Overall Description:

This course provides details on the VitalNet function of the Vital Suite product.

Course Objectives:

This course is conceptual with optional demonstrations available from the materials.

These materials will result in users being able to:

• Explain the role VitalNet performs in the VitalSuite product

• Understand the VitalNet domains can be used to create smaller views for better

network management.

• Demonstrate how to view and use Topology Maps

• Create a Personal GUI page – Dashboards

• Execute searches on their system

Course Outline:

• Performance Monitoring Challenges

• NPM VitalSuite Net Introduction

• NPM VitalSuite Net Key Features

• NPM VitalSuite Net GUI

Target Audience:

Personnel who operate the VitalSuite and use the VitalNet function

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 341: Partner Catalog - Nokia

341

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NOKIA AIRSCALE WI-FI CONFIGURATION

Course Number RN00133-W

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 30min

Description Overall Description:

This course describes how create a Bill of Materials using the Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi

Ordering Guidelines.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Configure a Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi offer using the Partner Configuration Guidelines

• Price the product part of a Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi offer using the Partner price catalog

• Price the maintenance part of a Nokia AirScale Wi-Fi offer using the CARES services

calculator

• Create a Bill of materials with the correct sale item codes and prices

• Locate the latest versions of the required reference documents

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 342: Partner Catalog - Nokia

342

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

REDEFINING PRIVATE OPTICAL NETWORKS

Course Number OP00526-W-1709

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 1h

Description Overall Description:

A self-study training on Private Optical Network.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• describe the needs in the optical market segments

• describe the needs in the optical market segments

• describe the Nokia solution for Private Optical Network

• describe the Wavelite features and applications

Target Audience:

Sales and PreSales Private optical Network

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Good knowledge on WDM and optical technology

Required

Equipment

None

Page 343: Partner Catalog - Nokia

343

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKING WITH NUAGE NETWORKS VSP

Course Number ER00696-K-1801

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 3h30

Description This self-paced e-learning course is intended for those interested in learning about the

Nuage Networks Virtualized Services Platform (VSP). The course offers presentations and

product demonstrations that provide an introduction to Nuage Networks VSP for both

the datacenter and SD-WAN.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 344: Partner Catalog - Nokia

344

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED CLOUD SERVICES (VCS) FUNDAMENTALS

Course Number TTP36005

Delivery Type Virtual Instructor-Led Training – 5d

Description The course begins with an explanation of the traditional data center network

architecture, its limitations, and the drivers and evolution of network virtualization. The

Nuage Networks software and hardware-based products and SDN solutions are covered

in detail. Emphasis is placed on common SDN use cases and implementation of common

SDN services/applications on the Nuage Networks Virtualized Services Platform. Cloud

orchestration and integration of cloud management systems are also introduced.

Students will conduct practical hands-on lab exercises throughout the course to ensure

implementation-level knowledge of Nuage Networks products and SDN service solutions.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Alcatel-Lucent Scalable IP Networks or equivalent knowledge in IP protocols and

networking.

Required

Equipment

None

Page 345: Partner Catalog - Nokia

345

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED SERVICES PLATFORM (VSP) - ADVANCED NETWORKING

Course Number TTP36008

Delivery Type Virtual Instructor-Led Training – 4d

Description The Nuage Networks Virtualized Services Platform (VSP) - Advanced Networking course is

designed for network professionals who need a deep understanding of the network

protocols and technologies used by the Nuage Networks Virtualized Services Platform

(VSP). The course provides a detailed investigation of the operation of the VSP including

VXLAN and BGP EVPN routes as well as integration with MPLS/IP VPNs.

Audience:

SRC Certification Program

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 346: Partner Catalog - Nokia

346

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED CLOUD SERVICES (VCS) FUNDAMENTALS

Course Number TTP36009

Delivery Type Virtual Instructor-Led Training – 4d

Description The Alcatel-Lucent Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS) Fundamentals

course is designed for service providers, web-scale operators, and enterprises needing to

understand the technology, techniques, and best practices for implementing a software

defined networking (SDN) solution using the Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services

(VNS). The course provides detailed coverage of the VNS components and practical

exercises implementing cloud-based WAN services using VNS.

Audience:

SRC Certification Program

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 347: Partner Catalog - Nokia

347

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED SERVICES PLATFORM (VCP) SOFTWARE INSTALLATION

Course Number TTP36006

Delivery Type Virtual Instructor-Led Training – 4d

Description The Nuage Networks Virtualized Services Platform (VSP) Software Installation course is

designed individuals who need to understand the requirements for, and to perform the

software installation of the Nuage Networks Virtualized Services Platform (VSP). The

course provides practical experience verifying and configuring the hardware and software

environment as well as troubleshooting common installation problems.

Audience:

SRC Certification Program

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 348: Partner Catalog - Nokia

348

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED CLOUD SERVICES (VCS) OPERATIONS

Course Number TTP36007

Delivery Type Virtual Instructor-Led Training – 3d

Description The Nuage Networks Virtualized Services Platform (VSP) Operations course is designed for

network operators who are responsible for datacenter operations, including the Nuage

Networks Virtualized Services Platform (VSP) and Virtualized Services Assurance Platform

(VSAP). The course provides hands-on operations experience with the VSP including

troubleshooting and log file management as well as m aintenance and operations using

VSAP.

Audience:

SRC Certification Program

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 349: Partner Catalog - Nokia

349

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NUAGE NETWORKS VIRTUALIZED NETWORK SERVICES (VNS) - ADVANCED TOPICS

Course Number TTP36010

Delivery Type Virtual Instructor-Led Training – 3d

Description This course is designed for service providers, web-scale operators and enterprises that

need to understand the technology, techniques, and best practices for implementing an

SDN solution using Nuage Networks Virtualized Network Services (VNS). The course

provides detailed explanations and practical exercises for advanced VNS features.

Audience:

SRC Certification Program

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 350: Partner Catalog - Nokia

350

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NSP (NETWORK SERVICES PLATFORM) RELEASE 17.3 OVERVIEW

Course Number TOS00059W

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 1h

Description Overall Description:

The NSP (Network Services Platform) R17.3 Overview course provides students with general

information on the NSP system. The course describes how the NSP addresses the industry

challenges associated with the delivery of on-demand network services. In particular, the concepts

of service automation and network automation are discussed within the context of the NSP. The

course includes details on the NSP architecture and the associated product components, mapping

previous IP and Optical network management functionality to the new product design. Finally, the

course explains the key tenants associated with the NSP user interface design.

Course Objectives:

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

- Identify the challenges associated with Cloud-era service provisioning

- Explain how the NSP implements service automation and network optimization in the delivery of

on-demand network services

- Describe the NSP basic architecture and associated components

- Explain the role of the Carrier SDN component in the NSP system

- Explain the roles of the IP and Optical management components in the NSP system

- Identify how the NSP implements automated assurance and analytics functions in the service

delivery process

- Describe how the modular structure of the NSP protects existing NSM investments

- Identify the role of the NSP in the broader Nokia solution for SDN management

- Explain the design cornerstones associated with the NSP user interfaces

Course Outline:

Section 1 Introduction

Section 2 Challenges for Cloud-era Service Provisioning

Section 3 The NSP Difference

Section 4 Basic Architecture

Section 5 Carrier SDN

Section 6 IP & Optical Management

Section 7 Assurance & Analytics

Section 8 Leveraging Existing Networks

Section 9 Brader Solutions for SDN Management

Section 10 Evolving the User Interface

Target Audience:

This course is targeted to those personnel who use the NSP NMS (Network Management System)

to perform their daily responsibilities; including: Operations Center personnel; Network Engineers;

etc.

Page 351: Partner Catalog - Nokia

351

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

VitalSuite – VitalAPPS Operation (18.7)

Course Number OS88284-W-1807

Delivery Type Web-Based Training – 1h

Description This course is designed for participants who wish to learn about the VitalAPPS components of

VitalSuite.

Content includes:

• VitalAPPS - key components

• VitalAgent types – Desktop, Automom, Mid-Tier

• VitalAnalysis – key functions

• VitalHelp – application fault management

• Web applications monitoring (WAM)

• Demonstrations of key OAM functions including:

• Overview of the Clients Page

• Overview of the End-to-End Page

• Overview of the Server Heat Chart Page

By the end of this course, participants should be able to:

• Describe the role of VitalAPPS in the VitalSuite product

• Describe the VitalAgent types

• Explain the VitalAnalysis key functions

• Describe the VitalHelp application fault management

• Describe what is Web Application Monitoring

Page 352: Partner Catalog - Nokia

352

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

VitalSuite – Operations, Administration and Mainteneance (18.7)

Course Number OS88285-W-1807

Delivery Type Web Based Training – 1h 15min

Description This course is designed for participants who wish to learn about the Operations, Administration and Maintenance functions of VitalSuite.

Content includes:

• VitalSuite installation on Linux server • VitalSuite licensing

• VitalSuite domains • Key performance indicators (KPIs)

• Device and resource discovery • Account administration.

• Demonstrations of key OAM functions including: o Creating a new domain o Creating a new KPI o Creating new user accounts o Creating a new user interface profile

o Installing the VitalNet Software o Scheduling a discovery

By the end of this course, participants should be able to:

• Describe the steps to install VitalSuite on a Linux server

• Describe the licensing process • Describe the role of domains

• Explain how to create and modify Key Performance Indicators • Explain the discovery of devices and resources

• Describe some activities of account administration

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 353: Partner Catalog - Nokia

353

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

1830 PSS (Photonic Service Switch) Introduction

Course Number OP00638-K-0000

Delivery Type Web Based Training – 2h

Description Overall Description

This course provides an introduction to 1830 PSS, key features, architecture and hardware.

Objectives

By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe the 1830 PSS product family

• Explain the 1830 PSS network topology applications

Course Contents

• Introduction

• 1830 PSS Shelf family

• Network application

• 1830 PSS System architecture

• Management

• Control Plane

• Summary

Audience:

Sales people, network planners, engineers and others who need an overview about the

1830 PSS and its network applications.

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Expected Knowledge:

• General knowledge of digital telecommunications and SONET/SDH standards

• General knowledge of OTH/DWDM standards

General knowledge of Ethernet over SONET/SDH standards

Required

Equipment

None

Page 354: Partner Catalog - Nokia

354

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NFM -T R.18 Managed plane Network construction with 1830 PSS operations

Course Number OP00090-V-18

Delivery Type Virtual Instructor Led – 14h

Description Overall description:

This course shows how to represent a network at managed plane level including both WDM

and OCS 1830 PSS equipment type in the NMF-T system.

In this course, we will learn how to take a NE under NFM-T supervision, how to create maps

and network topology.

The OP00090_K curriculum will provide extra materials and videos reproducing the main

procedures described in this course

Course objectives: Upon completion of this course you will learn how to:

Use the NMF-T Graphical interface

Create NE and supervise 1830 PSS WDM and OCS equipment

Construct a network representing the physical one

Content:

Course Introduction

NMF-T graphical interface

NE creation and supervision

Map creation

Network construction

Appendix: commissioning and power balancing

Audience:

People in charge of constructing a network made of 1830 PSS WDM and OCS NEs using

NFM-T SW

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Participants must have already attended an Operation & Maintenance course on 1830

PSS WDM and 1830 PSS OCS from local management.

Required

Equipment

Server platform

A server with NFM-T R. 18 platform installed.

Page 355: Partner Catalog - Nokia

355

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NFM-T R.18 Provisioning and Network maintenance -managed plane

Course Number OP00092-V-18

Delivery Type Virtual Instructor Led – 14h

Description Overall description

This course shows how to provision and maintain a network made of both WDM and OCS

1830 PSS equipment at managed plane level.

Course objectives:

• perform service provisioning

• perform NE and Network maintenance

Content

• service provisioning: path and trail management; wave length tracker; cross

connections; E2E switched photonic provisioning; services protection and

regeneration.

• Maintenance: alarms, performance monitoring; loopbacks

• Appendices: NE MIB backup- restore; NE sw download; security

• The curriculum OP00092-K will contail videos on the main procedures and exercises

described in the course

Audience

People in charge of remote management of a network made of 1830 PSS WDM and OCS

NEs using NFM-T SW

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Participants must have already attended an Operation & Maintenance course on 1830 PSS

WDM and 1830 PSS OCS from local management and the course NFM -T R.18 Managed

plane Network construction.

Required

Equipment

A server with NFM-T R.18 platform installed.

Page 356: Partner Catalog - Nokia

356

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

7250 IXR Product Overview

Course Number ER00327W-1700

Delivery Type WBT – 3o min

Description Overall Description:

This course provides an overview of the entire 7250 SROS family of routers and describes

its typical applications, including system dimensions, capacity, scaling numbers and port

density.

Course Objectives:

• Describe Nokia IP Anyhaul solution for the 5G era

• Describe the role of 7250 IXR-R6 in the network

• List the components and functionalities of 7250 IXR-R6

• Describe the features of 7250 IXR-R6

Course Contents:

1. 7250 IXR Product Overview R15.0

Audience:

This course is intended for anyone who needs a basic understanding of the Nokia 7250

product family.

Audience:

SRC Certification Program

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

Expected Foundation Knowledge:

1. A basic understanding of telecom concepts is sufficient.

2. Technical english.

Required

Equipment

None

Page 357: Partner Catalog - Nokia

357

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

Microwave Portfolio Overview - GPP

Course Number TOP00010W

Delivery Type Web Based Training – 1h

Description Brief Description:

This 1 hour course is designed is to provide the Value proposition of the Nokia Wavence Microwave product portfolio.

Course Contents:

• Provide the business proposition (why the partner would want to invest their time selling this product)

• Describe the Products and how it will work to solve their customers' problems; Show how it fits into the customer’s network at a high level

• Provide competitive advantages with specifics on why it is superior to what is on the market currently without mentioning competitor names

• Provide market potential such as size of market, how it solves a need for our current customers, etc.

• Reference awards, Nokia R&D, etc. that sets us apart competitively

• Provide examples with published case studies

Target Group:

Microwave Sales and Sales Engineer Specialists, part of the options for Marketing Manager and Partner Relationship Manager

Prerequisites

N/A

Learning Objectives

Upon completion of this course you will learn how to:

Describe the Nokia Wavence Microwave Product portfolio and highlight the leading edge features

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

None

Required

Equipment

None

Page 358: Partner Catalog - Nokia

358

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NSP NFM-P (Network Functions Manager- Packet) Rel 17 Fundamentals

Course Number TOS00060WK

Delivery Type Web Based Training – 5h 49 min

Description Overall Description This is a Web-based learning course designed to provide technical personnel and network operators with foundations for using the NFM-P to: perform a variety of tasks, including: network equipment discovery and management; monitoring and supervision; identify alarms declared against equipment and services; obtain details about alarm management and filtering; and, alarm types, severity, status and correlation.

NOTE: This course is relevant for all NFM-P Releases as of Rel. 17.3

Overall Objectives By the end of the course, participants will be able to: • List the NFM-P functions and main features • Identify the components of the 5620 SAM management system and elements of the GUI • Describe the GUI workspace customization capabilities and identify the workspace elements that can be customized • Use the Navigation Tree views to perform equipment management operations • Discover network element (NE) devices to create the managed domain

• Use the Topology Maps to manage the network and display the status of network devices and services • Generate file inventory lists for a managed device or for the entire network • Use the GUI Alarm Management features raised against equipment and services, including alarm types, severity, status and correlation details • Use the dynamic alarm list to filter and search for alarms, display correlated alarms, view alarm history and open alarm information details • Identify the NFM-P statistics collection capabilities • Use the NFM-P to collect, display and save to a file performance statistics in tabular or graphical forms for selected objects

Content :

• Section 1: Introduction

• Section 2: Creating the Managed Network • Section 3: Network Topology Management

• Section 4: Alarms • Section 5: Node Configuration Management

• Section 6: Statistics Overview

Target Audience:

This training is intended for those Personnel who use the NFM-P GUI to perform their maintenance responsibilities, including: NOC; network and service implementation engineers; etc...

Expected Knowledge: Introduction to NSP (Network Services Platform) Rel 17 | TOS00059W, or equivalent knowledge

Page 359: Partner Catalog - Nokia

359

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

Wavence 18A Functional and HW description

Course Number RN00571

Delivery Type Virtual Instructor Led Training – 1 day

Description Overall Description In this training, a description of the hardware architecture and main features of the Wavence is provided. Course objectives By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe the functionality of the Wavence

• Describe the functionality of the MSS – Microwave Service Switch shelves and equipped cards

• Describe the functionality of the UBT-S, UBT-T and UBT-m radios

Course content

• Wavence Functional description

• Wavence Hardware description

Audience: Sales, pre-sales, Designers and O&M technicians Expected Knowledge: General knowledge on digital radio systems and on PDH-SDH-ETHERNET technologies.

Page 360: Partner Catalog - Nokia

360

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

Wavence 18A Common Functionalities O&M

Course Number RN00572

Delivery Type Virtual Instructor Led Training – 1 day

Description Course Description:

This 1 day course is designed for technicians and engineers in charge of using a Wavence equipment in split mount or full outdoor architecture.

This course shows how to configure and maintain the common functionalities of the following Wavence common parts:

•MSS (Multi Service Switch) equipped with CorEvo, EASv2, EAC

•Power Injectors

•UBT-S, UBT-T and UBT-m Transceivers

The equipment is managed via the Web CT user interface.

The Web CT is used to configure the Wavence, perform system maintenance, performance monitoring, and troubleshooting

The course combines both lecture and labs, with time for hands-on experience.

This course can be used both in ANSI and ETSI markets.

Course Objectives By the end of this course, the participant will be able to:

• Use the WebCT for local configuration

• Perform system maintenance

• Perform troubleshooting starting from alarm indications

Course content

Configuration and Maintenance (Troubleshooting, Alarm management, Unit replacement, Performance monitoring)

Intendent Audience: O&M technicians

Expected Knowledge:

General knowledge about Telecommunication Networks and Telecommunication Management Networks

Good knowledge about the digital transmissions.

Good experience in microwave links operation and maintenance

Have attended the course "Wavence 18A Functional and HW description | RN00571-V-18A" or equivalent on line

Equipment:

Page 361: Partner Catalog - Nokia

361

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

Wavence 18A Ethernet traffic O&M

Course Number RN00014

Delivery Type Virtual Instructor Led Training – 2 Day

Description Description:

This 2 days course is designed for technicians and engineers in charge of using the Wavence equipment

The scope of the course is to describe the Wavence Ethernet traffic provisioning and maintenance

The equipment is managed via the Web CT user interface.

The course combines both lecture and labs, with time for hands-on experience.

This course can be used both in ANSI and ETSI markets.

Course Objectives: By the end of this course, the participant will be able to:

• Provision Ethernet user ports

• configure QoS and VLAN functions

• work with Ethernet-related alarms.

Intendent Audience: O&M technicians

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

General knowledge about Telecommunication Networks. Working knowledge or digital transmission and Ethernet, networks. Experience in microwave links operation and maintenance

Required

Equipment

A Wavence radio dummy link is needed; architecture (UBT based, MPT based, Full indoor) depending on the requested customer configuration.

Page 362: Partner Catalog - Nokia

362

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

Wavence 18A Ethernet Ring Protection O&M

Course Number RN00015

Delivery Type Virtual Instructor Led Training – 1 Day

Description Course Description:

In this 1 day course the functional description and functionality of the Wavence Ethernet Ring Protection feature is described .

The scope of the course is to describe the Ethernet ring protection configuration and maintenance.

The equipment is managed via the Web CT user interface.

The course combines both lecture and labs, with time for hands-on experience.

This course can be used both in ANSI and ETSI markets.

Course Objectives By the end of this course, the participant will be able to:

• Describe the basic concepts of Ethernet rings

• Use the Craft Terminal for Ethernet ring configuration

Intendent Audience: O&M technicians

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

General knowledge about Telecommunication Networks. Working knowledge or digital transmission and Ethernet, networks. Experience in microwave links operation and maintenance

Required

Equipment

A Wavence radio dummy link is needed; architecture (UBT based, MPT based, Full indoor) depending on the requested customer configuration.

Page 363: Partner Catalog - Nokia

363

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

Wavence 18A PDH-SDH-Sonet traffic O&M

Course Number RN00016

Delivery Type Virtual Instructor Led Training – 1 Day

Description Course Description:

The scope of this 1 day course is to describe the Wavence PDH/SHD/Sonet traffic provisioning and maintenance

The equipment is managed via the Web CT user interface.

The course combines both lecture and labs, with time for hands-on experience.

This course can be used both in ANSI and ETSI markets.

Course Objectives: By the end of this course, the participant will be able to:

• Enable PDH and/or SDH cards

• Configure protection

• Provision PDH and/or SDH cards

• Configure cross connects

• Generate PDH traffic performance monitoring information

• Perform PDH internal line and external link Loopbacks

Intendent Audience: Personnel who support PDH and/or SDH traffic on the Wavence in ANSI or ETSI markets.

Page 364: Partner Catalog - Nokia

364

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

9500 MPR R.8.0 Global Market Ethernet traffic

Course Number TWT42037

Delivery Type Virtual Instructor Led Training – 2 Day

Description Overall description This is a 9500 MPR O&M course that is focused on Ethernet traffic into and out of the 9500 MPR using the NETO CT. Objectives By the end of the course the students will be able to:

• Provision Ethernet user ports

• configure QoS and VLAN functions

• generate Ethernet PM statistics

• work with Ethernet-related alarms.

Course content

• Ethernet traffic configuration

• Ethernet traffic management

Audience: O&M technicians

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

General knowledge about Telecommunication Networks. Working knowldege or digital transmission and Ethernet, networks. Experience in microwave links operation and maintenance. PC and Windows literate.

Required

Equipment

Traditional classroom setup, overhead projector with screen, whiteboard with markers, and login means to a working MPR 9500 R8.0 system (either ANSI or ETSI).

Page 365: Partner Catalog - Nokia

365

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

Microwave Basics

Course Number TOP00009W

Delivery Type WBT – 1 h 45 min

Description Overall Description:

This course will cover the basics of microwave technology as well as understanding microwave propagation and the outline some of the conditions that affect microwave propagation. Course Objectives: To learn about Microwave Transmission To understand Microwave Propagation To understand the conditions that affect Microwave Propagation How path design considerations can affect those propagation

Page 366: Partner Catalog - Nokia

366

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

Wavence 18A Functional and HW description

Course Number RN00571-K-18A

Delivery Type WBT– 2h

Description Overall Description : In this training, a description of the hardware architecture and main features of the Wavence is provided.  Course objectives : By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe the functionality of the Wavence 18

• Describe the functionality of the MSS – Microwave Service Switch shelves and equipped cards

• Describe the functionality of the UBT-S, UBT-T and UBT-m radios

• Describe the new features introduced by Wavence 18A

Course content :

• Wavence Functional description

• Wavence Hardware description

• Wavence 18A: What is new?

• Mixed MSS with MPT/UBT

• Migration from MPT to UBT (antenna reuse)

• UBT-S with XPIC

• OMT for UBT-S

• 1+1 HSB (Hardware protection)

• UBT Stand-Alone

• Carrier Aggregation

• Dual-band antennas

• New UBT-MSS compatibility matrix

• PDH/SDH traffic with UBT

• Ethernet Ring with UBT (only on CorEvo and EASv2)

• BNM with UBT with EAS v2 only

Audience: Sales, pre-sales, Designers and O&M technicians

Page 367: Partner Catalog - Nokia

367

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

Foundation

Knowledge /

Prerequisites

General knowledge on digital radio systems and on PDH-SDH-ETHERNET technologies.

Required

Equipment

The course can be provided in v-ILT format.

In case of classroom delivery a projector and a whiteboard are needed

Page 368: Partner Catalog - Nokia

368

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

Electrostatic Discharge and Calibration Certification (ESD)

Course Number LMQ114W

Delivery Type WBT– 30min

Description NOTE: To be ESD Certified via the Labman tool, you must also be enrolled to the Labman Certification as well as completing this course!!

Web-based initial certification and re-certification for basic user ESD and Test Calibration. This course is for anyone who might deal with ESD, including Nokia clients and contractors. It is required for employees:

• who have contact with ESD sensitive components and assemblies

• whose work takes them into ESD areas

This course is available to contractors, but is is only required of contractors if they do not have their own equivalent ESD training.

Consult your applicable ESD & Calibration procedures to determine the refresher period required by your organization.

Learning Objectives

• To train employees on topics relating to Electrostatic Discharge and fulfill TL9000 requirements.

• The training provides the fundamentals on how to protect components and products susceptible to ESD damage.

Languages

This online course is narrated in English. PDF supplimentary materials are available in: French, German, Italian, Portuguese, Spanish, Finnish, and Chinese

Skill Level

Introductory

Page 369: Partner Catalog - Nokia

369

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

Inspect-Clean-Inspect-Connect (ICIC) Process (Video)|

Course Number OAP00050W

Delivery Type WBT– 1omin

Description Overall Description This short video provides an overview of the Inspect-Clean-Inspect-Connect (ICIC). This process uses a video microscope and testing software which allows a technician to make a visual verification and a physical test to ensure fiber connections are clean and free from defects. Objectives By the end of the course, participants will be able to understand importance of fiber cleaning in optics networks Course Content Explanation of ICIC process Explanation of Cleaning Equipment and Cleaning Software Reference to further ICIC documentation Certification Requirements None

Page 370: Partner Catalog - Nokia

370

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

WDM Technology| TOP18075W

Course Number TOP18075W

Delivery Type WBT– 3h

Description Course Objectives By the end of the course, participants will be able to:

• Describe the main transmission concepts and the related devices involved in an optical link

• Describe the main impairments occurring within an optical fiber

• Quote the related solutions used to compensate these impairments

• Explain the reasons for deploying a WDM network

• Describe the basic WDM technology and the operational concepts

• Describe the functions of the major components used in WDM

• Quote the main monitoring parameters related to the transmission quality

• Explain the propagation penalties due to the wavelength multiplexing

• Describe the possible ways to improve the signal transmission

• Describe a WDM terrestrial network in terms of topology, protection and supervision

• List the 5 laser classes according to their risks

• Describe the optical safety guidelines

Course Contents

1. Optical transmission basics

2. Optical transmission impairments

3. WDM transmission basics

4. WDM transmission characteristics

5. WDM network architecture

6. 40F & 100G WDM transmission

7. Optical safety

Audience: This training is intended for Pres-sales and Post-sales.

Page 371: Partner Catalog - Nokia

371

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

WDM Technology Self-Check

Course Number TOP18075W

Delivery Type WBT– 3omin

Description TOP18075W_Self-Check

Page 372: Partner Catalog - Nokia

372

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

Global Partner Program - How to Get Certified

Course Number GPP90005M

Delivery Type Reading(PDF) – 5min

Description This job aid will show a Nokia Global Partner the steps required to become certified in one of the Nokia Global Partner Program job certifications.

Page 373: Partner Catalog - Nokia

373

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

WaveLite R1.0.x Delta Training

Course Number OP00549-V-10

Delivery Type Virtual Instructor Led Training – 3 days

Description Overall Description:

This training explains the new HW and SW features for the WaveLite Products in R1.0.x

Objectives:

Learn about the new HW and SW features in WaveLite Products in R1.0.x

Course Content:

Wavelite Metro 200

Wavelite Access 200

Wavelite Metro 20

Wavelite MUX16

Wavelite Amplifier

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION AND COURSE OBJECTIVES

CHAPTER 2: SAFETY

CHAPTER 3: INTRODUCTION TO THE WAVELITE

CHAPTER 4: PHYSICAL MOUNTING

CHAPTER 5: BASIC COMMISIONING :

IP & General Settings, Network Mode, Chassis configuration & Topology , SW Installation, Backup

CHAPTER 6.1: WAVELITE METRO 200, CONFIGURATION by WEB Application

System mode, Uplink, services ports

CHAPTER 6.2: WAVELITE METRO 20, CONFIGURATION by WEB Application

System mode, Uplink, services ports

CHAPTER 6.3: WAVELITE MUX16, CONFIGURATION by WEB Application

System, EDFA mode, Optical Line Protection

CHAPTER 7: ONLINE ASSESSMENT and PRACTICAL TESTS

Page 374: Partner Catalog - Nokia

374

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

Page 375: Partner Catalog - Nokia

375

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

Global Partner Program - How to Get Certified

Course Number GPP90005M

Delivery Type Reading(PDF) – 5min

Description This job aid will show a Nokia Global Partner the steps required to become certified in one of the Nokia Global Partner Program job certifications.

Page 376: Partner Catalog - Nokia

376

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

Page 377: Partner Catalog - Nokia

377

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

Network Solution for Legacy SCADA Migration to IP/MPLS | TBU00168D_V1.0

Course Number TBU00168D_V1.0

Delivery Type WBT – 30min

Description Network Solution for Legacy SCADA Migration to IP/MPLS.

Page 378: Partner Catalog - Nokia

378

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

NFM -T R.17.9 for Wavelite management

Course Number OP00700

Delivery Type ILT – 1d

Description Overall description

This course shows how to manage at element level the WaveLite equipment using the NFM-T

management system.

In this course, we will learn how to take a NE under NFM-T supervision, how to create map, how to

use the Alarm surveillance and Performance monitoring tools.

Course objectives:

Upon completion of this course you will learn how to:

--use the NMF-T Graphical interface

--create and supervise Wavelite equipment

-- create map

--manage Alarms and Performance monitoring.

Content

--Course Introduction

--NMF-T graphical interface

-- NE creation and supervision

--Map creation

--Alarms management

-- Performance Monitoring

--Administration for users

Audience

People in charge of managing Wavelite equipment using the NFM-T system.

Expected Knowledge

Participants must have already attended an Operation & Maintenance course on the WaveLite

equipment.

Equipment:

At least 2 WaveLite type equipment connected.

Page 379: Partner Catalog - Nokia

379

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

Wavelite Product Overview

Course Number OP00702-W-1710

Delivery Type WBT– 1d

Description Overall description

This is an Sales Engineer overview of the Wavelite product.

Course Objectives

The Course will describe the product family suite, i.e Metro 200 , Access 200, Metro 20 Metro

Amplifier and Metro Mux 16.

The course will describe the hardware of the equipment and its functionalities, the network

configuration, the encryption, the WEBui and NFM-T management and the commissioning Expert

Wavesuite Mobile App

Course Outline

· Market opportunities with Wavelite

· WaveLite value proposition

· Product overview

· Metro 200, Metro 20 and Access 200

· Mux16 and Amplifier

· Network configuration

· Layer 1 encryption

· WaveLite manager WEBUI

· Network Service Platform (NSP)

· WaveSuite Commissioning Expert – Mobile App

· WaveLite Orderable items (Hardware, SW & documentation, Pluggables)

Page 380: Partner Catalog - Nokia

380

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

COURSE DETAILS

WaveLite Metro 200 R1.x Installation & Commissioning

Course Number OP00010-V-10

Delivery Type Virtual Instructor Led Training – 2d

Description Overall description:

This course introduces the full WaveLite product family (Metro 200, Access 200, Metro 20, Mux 16,

Amplifier), but the focus will be towards the WaveLite Metro 200. Some use cases for this product will

be introduced. All R1.0.0, R1.0.2, and R1.0.3 features will be covered as well which include the

supported configurations and port specifications. The installation, commissioning, database backups,

and software upgrades will also be discussed.

Objectives:

In depth understanding of the product and its new hardware and software features;

The student will be able to install and commission the WaveLite Metro 200;

The student will be able to configure the WaveLite Metro 200 via its GUI and use it in different

configurations;

The student will be able to monitor the services (e.g. Fault Management).

Course Content:

The following topics are discussed:

1) Safety: Electrical Safety Precautions, Fibre Cleaning;

2) Product Documentation: NokiaEDU, CDOC (employee), OLCS (customer);

3) Product Overview (Faceplate, Feature Highlights, Use Cases, Management Ports, Port

Configurations);

4) R1.0.0, R1.0.2, and R1.0.3 Software Features;

5) Hardware Installation, Cabling, Commissioning (DCN);

6) Software Upgrade;

7) Database Backup;

8) Security (Encryption);

9) Alarms.

Page 381: Partner Catalog - Nokia

381

| Nokia 2018 Channel Partner Learning & Certification Catalog

About NokiaEDU Learning services for a competitive advantage NokiaEDU is the company’s premiere organization for continuous learning and

professional development, presenting world­class learning opportunities in the

areas of products, technology and management.

Learning Delivery

NokiaEDU utilizes a blended learning strategy that combines the convenience

of technology­enabled learning with the practical, hands­on experience of

classroom­based training.

• Instructor-Led Training (ILT) – provided at NokiaEDU Training Centers or

customer locations, typically offering hands­on lab exercises emulating a

real­life environment.

• Distance Learning/Virtual (VILT) ­ allowing instructor facilitation over the

Web for better time­management while reducing travel­related costs of

training.

• Web-Based Training (WBT) - anywhere, anytime instruction delivered over

the Internet. There are two primary models of Web­based instruction:

synchronous (instructor­facilitated) and asynchronous (self­directed, self­

paced).

Questions? Call our Global Contact Center

The Global Contact Center is available to assist you with your learning requests.

• Available 24/7 by phone or email, your request will be processed and an answer delivered promptly.

• Connects you with the right NokiaEDU experts and the latest resources for consultancy and courseware.

• Equips you with the best tools and resources to better sell and support Nokia products.

Regional Contact Numbers

Region Contact

Americas +1 888 582 3688

+1 630 224 2485

EMEA +33 2 9604 8888 (France)

+40 256 34 3732 (Romania)

APAC (non­China) +61 2 8306 6661

Email gcc.nokiaedu@n okia.co m

The Nokia name and identifier are trademarks of Nokia. The information presented is subject

to change without notice. Nokia assumes no responsibility for inaccuracies contained herein.

© 2018 Nokia. All rights reserved.

NokiaEDU 06/2018ertification


Recommended